Part Number Hot Search : 
768KH CEP710 IRHG6110 S5U2189 E1300 25FL032P 722E0406 HD6473
Product Description
Full Text Search
 

To Download TDS200 Datasheet File

  If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .  
 
 


  Datasheet File OCR Text:
  programmer manual tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope 071-0493-01 this document supports tds 210 and tds 220 with fv:v1.09 and above when used with tds2cm version cmv:v1.04 and above, or tds2mm any version, and tds224 when used with any version of tds2cm or tds2mm. programmer manual tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope 071-0493-01 this document supports tds 210 and tds 220 with fv:v1.09 and above when used with tds2cm version cmv:v1.04 and above, or tds2mm any version, and tds224 when used with any version of tds2cm or tds2mm. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
copyright  tektronix, inc. all rights reserved. licensed software products are owned by tektronix or its suppliers and are protected by united states copyright laws and international treaty provisions. use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the rights in technical data and computer software clause at dfars 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the commercial computer software restricted rights clause at far 52.227-19, as applicable. tektronix products are covered by u.s. and foreign patents, issued and pending. information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material. specifications and price change privileges reserved. tektronix, inc., p.o. box 1000, wilsonville, or 970701000 tektronix and tek are registered trademarks of tektronix, inc. copyright  tektronix, inc. all rights reserved. licensed software products are owned by tektronix or its suppliers and are protected by united states copyright laws and international treaty provisions. use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the rights in technical data and computer software clause at dfars 252.227-7013, or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the commercial computer software restricted rights clause at far 52.227-19, as applicable. tektronix products are covered by u.s. and foreign patents, issued and pending. information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material. specifications and price change privileges reserved. tektronix, inc., p.o. box 1000, wilsonville, or 970701000 tektronix and tek are registered trademarks of tektronix, inc. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
warranty tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three (3) years from the date of shipment. if any such product proves defective during this warranty period, tektronix, at its option, either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product. in order to obtain service under this warranty, customer must notify tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid. tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the tektronix service center is located. customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any other charges for products returned to any other locations. this warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care. tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; or c) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product. this warranty is given by tektronix with respect to this product in lieu of any other warranties, expressed or implied. tektronix and its vendors disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. tektronix' responsibility to repair or replace defective products is the sole and exclusive remedy provided to the customer for breach of this warranty. tektronix and its vendors will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages irrespective of whether tektronix or the vendor has advance notice of the possibility of such damages. warranty tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three (3) years from the date of shipment. if any such product proves defective during this warranty period, tektronix, at its option, either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product. in order to obtain service under this warranty, customer must notify tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid. tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the tektronix service center is located. customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any other charges for products returned to any other locations. this warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care. tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; or c) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product. this warranty is given by tektronix with respect to this product in lieu of any other warranties, expressed or implied. tektronix and its vendors disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. tektronix' responsibility to repair or replace defective products is the sole and exclusive remedy provided to the customer for breach of this warranty. tektronix and its vendors will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages irrespective of whether tektronix or the vendor has advance notice of the possibility of such damages. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual i table of contents general safety summary v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preface vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . related manuals vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . conventions viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . contacting tektronix viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getting started getting started 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . syntax and commands command syntax 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command and query structure 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command entry 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constructed mnemonics. 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . argument types 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command groups 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acquisition commands 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . calibration and diagnostic commands 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cursor commands 217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . display commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hard copy commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horizontal commands 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . measurement commands 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . miscellaneous commands 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rs-232 commands 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . save and recall commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . status and error commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . trigger commands 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vertical commands 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . waveform commands. 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command descriptions 233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual i table of contents general safety summary v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preface vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . related manuals vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . conventions viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . contacting tektronix viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getting started getting started 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . syntax and commands command syntax 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command and query structure 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command entry 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constructed mnemonics. 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . argument types 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command groups 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acquisition commands 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . calibration and diagnostic commands 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cursor commands 217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . display commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hard copy commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horizontal commands 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . measurement commands 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . miscellaneous commands 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rs-232 commands 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . save and recall commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . status and error commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . trigger commands 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vertical commands 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . waveform commands. 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . command descriptions 233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
table of contents ii tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual status and events status and events 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . registers 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . queues 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . event handling sequence 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . synchronization methods 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . messages 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . appendices appendix a: ascii code chart a1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . appendix b: factory setup b1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . glossary and index table of contents ii tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual status and events status and events 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . registers 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . queues 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . event handling sequence 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . synchronization methods 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . messages 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . appendices appendix a: ascii code chart a1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . appendix b: factory setup b1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . glossary and index free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
table of contents tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual iii list of figures figure 21: command message elements 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 22: block argument example 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 31: the standard event status register (sesr) 32 . . figure 32: the status byte register (sbr) 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 33: the device event status enable register (deser) 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 34: the event status enable register (eser) 35 . . . . figure 35: the service request enable register (srer) 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 36: status and event handling process 39 . . . . . . . . . . figure 37: command processing without using synchronization 311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 38: processing sequence with synchronization 311 . . . list of tables table 21: bnf notation 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 22: command message elements 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 23: comparison of header off and on responses 24 . . . table 24: acquisition commands 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 25: calibration and diagnostic commands 216 . . . . . . . table 26: cursor commands 217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 27: display commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 28: hard copy commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 29: horizontal commands 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table of contents tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual iii list of figures figure 21: command message elements 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 22: block argument example 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 31: the standard event status register (sesr) 32 . . figure 32: the status byte register (sbr) 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 33: the device event status enable register (deser) 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 34: the event status enable register (eser) 35 . . . . figure 35: the service request enable register (srer) 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 36: status and event handling process 39 . . . . . . . . . . figure 37: command processing without using synchronization 311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure 38: processing sequence with synchronization 311 . . . list of tables table 21: bnf notation 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 22: command message elements 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 23: comparison of header off and on responses 24 . . . table 24: acquisition commands 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 25: calibration and diagnostic commands 216 . . . . . . . table 26: cursor commands 217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 27: display commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 28: hard copy commands 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 29: horizontal commands 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
table of contents iv tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 210: measurement commands 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 211: miscellaneous commands 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 212: rs-232 commands 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 213: save and recall commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 214: status and error commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 215: trigger commands 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 216: vertical commands 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 217: waveform commands 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 218: binary data ranges 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 219: vertical position ranges using a 1x probe 250 . . . . table 220: data and wfmpre parameter settings 268 . . . . . table 221: commands that generate an operation complete message 2123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 222: additional wfmpre commands 2175 . . . . . . . . . . . . table 31: sesr bit functions 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 32: sbr bit functions 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 33: no event messages 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 317 . . . . . . table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 318 . . . . . . . table 36: device error messages - dde bit 3 321 . . . . . . . . . . table 37: system event messages 321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 322 . . . . . table 39: internal warning messages 323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table of contents iv tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 210: measurement commands 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 211: miscellaneous commands 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 212: rs-232 commands 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 213: save and recall commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 214: status and error commands 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 215: trigger commands 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 216: vertical commands 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 217: waveform commands 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 218: binary data ranges 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 219: vertical position ranges using a 1x probe 250 . . . . table 220: data and wfmpre parameter settings 268 . . . . . table 221: commands that generate an operation complete message 2123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 222: additional wfmpre commands 2175 . . . . . . . . . . . . table 31: sesr bit functions 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 32: sbr bit functions 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 33: no event messages 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 317 . . . . . . table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 318 . . . . . . . table 36: device error messages - dde bit 3 321 . . . . . . . . . . table 37: system event messages 321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 322 . . . . . table 39: internal warning messages 323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual v general safety summary review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it. only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. injury precautions use proper power cord. to avoid fire hazard, use only the power cord specified for this product. avoid electric overload. to avoid injury or fire hazard, do not apply potential to any input, including the common inputs, that varies from ground by more than the maximum rating for that input. avoid electric shock. to avoid injury or loss of life, do not connect or disconnect probes or test leads while they are connected to a voltage source. do not operate without covers. to avoid electric shock or fire hazard, do not operate this product with covers or panels removed. do not operate in wet/damp conditions. to avoid electric shock, do not operate this product in wet or damp conditions. do not operate in an explosive atmosphere. to avoid injury or fire hazard, do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere. product damage precautions use proper power source. do not operate this product from a power source that applies more than the voltage specified. do not operate with suspected failures. if you suspect there is damage to this product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel. tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual v general safety summary review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it. only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. injury precautions use proper power cord. to avoid fire hazard, use only the power cord specified for this product. avoid electric overload. to avoid injury or fire hazard, do not apply potential to any input, including the common inputs, that varies from ground by more than the maximum rating for that input. avoid electric shock. to avoid injury or loss of life, do not connect or disconnect probes or test leads while they are connected to a voltage source. do not operate without covers. to avoid electric shock or fire hazard, do not operate this product with covers or panels removed. do not operate in wet/damp conditions. to avoid electric shock, do not operate this product in wet or damp conditions. do not operate in an explosive atmosphere. to avoid injury or fire hazard, do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere. product damage precautions use proper power source. do not operate this product from a power source that applies more than the voltage specified. do not operate with suspected failures. if you suspect there is damage to this product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
general safety summary vi tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual safety terms and symbols terms in this manual. these terms may appear in this manual: warning. warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life. caution. caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property. terms on the product. these terms may appear on the product: danger indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking. warning indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking. caution indicates a hazard to property including the product. symbols on the product. these symbols may appear on the product: protective ground (earth) terminal attention refer to manual double insulated danger high voltage certifications and compliances csa certified ac adapter. csa certification includes the ac adapters appropriate for use in the north america power network. all other ac adapters supplied are approved for the country of use. compliances. consult the product specifications for overvoltage category and safety class. general safety summary vi tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual safety terms and symbols terms in this manual. these terms may appear in this manual: warning. warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life. caution. caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property. terms on the product. these terms may appear on the product: danger indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking. warning indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking. caution indicates a hazard to property including the product. symbols on the product. these symbols may appear on the product: protective ground (earth) terminal attention refer to manual double insulated danger high voltage certifications and compliances csa certified ac adapter. csa certification includes the ac adapters appropriate for use in the north america power network. all other ac adapters supplied are approved for the country of use. compliances. consult the product specifications for overvoltage category and safety class. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual vii preface this is the programmer manual for the tds 200-series oscillo- scopes. this manual provides information about operating your instrument using an rs-232 or gpib interface (available with optional tds2cm communications extension module or tds2mm measurement extension module). related manuals the following table lists related tds 200-series oscilloscope and extension modules documentation. the service manual provides module level repair information (071-0492-xx, english). language user manual part number extension module instructions part number english 071-0398-xx 071-0409-xx french 071-0400-xx * 071-0483-xx italian 071-0401-xx * 071-0484-xx german 071-0402-xx * 071-0485-xx spanish 071-0399-xx * 071-0482-xx japanese 071-0405-xx * 071-0488-xx portuguese 071-0403-xx * 071-0486-xx simplified chinese 071-0406-xx * 071-0489-xx traditional chinese 071-0407-xx * 071-0490-xx korean 071-0408-xx * 071-0491-xx russian 071-0404-xx 071-0487-xx *these manuals contain a language overlay for the front-panel controls. tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual vii preface this is the programmer manual for the tds 200-series oscillo- scopes. this manual provides information about operating your instrument using an rs-232 or gpib interface (available with optional tds2cm communications extension module or tds2mm measurement extension module). related manuals the following table lists related tds 200-series oscilloscope and extension modules documentation. the service manual provides module level repair information (071-0492-xx, english). language user manual part number extension module instructions part number english 071-0398-xx 071-0409-xx french 071-0400-xx * 071-0483-xx italian 071-0401-xx * 071-0484-xx german 071-0402-xx * 071-0485-xx spanish 071-0399-xx * 071-0482-xx japanese 071-0405-xx * 071-0488-xx portuguese 071-0403-xx * 071-0486-xx simplified chinese 071-0406-xx * 071-0489-xx traditional chinese 071-0407-xx * 071-0490-xx korean 071-0408-xx * 071-0491-xx russian 071-0404-xx 071-0487-xx *these manuals contain a language overlay for the front-panel controls. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
preface viii tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual conventions refer to the command syntax section of the syntax and commands chapter (page 21) for information about command conventions. contacting tektronix product support for questions about using tektronix measurement products, call toll free in north america: 1-800-tek-wide (1-800-835-9433 ext. 2400) 6:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. pacific time or contact us by e-mail: tm_app_supp@tek.com for product support outside of north america, contact your local tektronix distributor or sales office. service support tektronix offers extended warranty and calibration programs as options on many products. contact your local tektronix distributor or sales office. for a listing of worldwide service centers, visit our web site. for other information in north america: 1-800-tek-wide (1-800-835-9433) an operator will direct your call. to write us tektronix, inc. p.o. box 1000 wilsonville, or 97070-1000 usa web site www.tektronix.com preface viii tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual conventions refer to the command syntax section of the syntax and commands chapter (page 21) for information about command conventions. contacting tektronix product support for questions about using tektronix measurement products, call toll free in north america: 1-800-tek-wide (1-800-835-9433 ext. 2400) 6:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. pacific time or contact us by e-mail: tm_app_supp@tek.com for product support outside of north america, contact your local tektronix distributor or sales office. service support tektronix offers extended warranty and calibration programs as options on many products. contact your local tektronix distributor or sales office. for a listing of worldwide service centers, visit our web site. for other information in north america: 1-800-tek-wide (1-800-835-9433) an operator will direct your call. to write us tektronix, inc. p.o. box 1000 wilsonville, or 97070-1000 usa web site www.tektronix.com free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
getting started getting started free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 11 getting started before you can use this programming manual you must have installed a tds2cm or tds2mm extension module onto your tds 200-series oscilloscope. follow the instructions in the tds 200-series extension module instructions manual to install, test, and configure your extension module. refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope user manual for general information on how to operate the oscilloscope. tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 11 getting started before you can use this programming manual you must have installed a tds2cm or tds2mm extension module onto your tds 200-series oscilloscope. follow the instructions in the tds 200-series extension module instructions manual to install, test, and configure your extension module. refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope user manual for general information on how to operate the oscilloscope. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
getting started 12 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual getting started 12 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
syntax and commands syntax and commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 21 command syntax you can control the oscilloscope through the gpib or rs-232 interface using a large group of commands and queries. this section describes the syntax these commands and queries use and the conventions the oscilloscope uses to process them. the commands and queries themselves are listed in the command descriptions section. you transmit commands to the oscilloscope using the enhanced american standard code for information interchange (ascii) character encoding. appendix a contains a chart of the ascii character set. the backus-naur form (bnf) notation is used in this manual to describe commands and queries as shown in table 21. table 21: bnf notation symbol meaning  defined element  is defined as exclusive or
 group; one element is required  optional; can be omitted   previous element(s) may be repeated  comment tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 21 command syntax you can control the oscilloscope through the gpib or rs-232 interface using a large group of commands and queries. this section describes the syntax these commands and queries use and the conventions the oscilloscope uses to process them. the commands and queries themselves are listed in the command descriptions section. you transmit commands to the oscilloscope using the enhanced american standard code for information interchange (ascii) character encoding. appendix a contains a chart of the ascii character set. the backus-naur form (bnf) notation is used in this manual to describe commands and queries as shown in table 21. table 21: bnf notation symbol meaning  defined element  is defined as exclusive or
 group; one element is required  optional; can be omitted   previous element(s) may be repeated  comment free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 22 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual command and query structure commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually simply called commands and queries). commands change instrument settings or perform a specific action. queries cause the oscilloscope to return data and information about its status. most commands have both a set form and a query form. the query form of the command is the same as the set form except that it ends with a question mark. for example, the set command    has a query form    . not all commands have both a set and a query form; some commands are set only and some are query only. a few commands do both a set and query action. for example, the 
 command runs a self-calibration program on the oscilloscope, then returns the result of the calibration. a command message is a command or query name, followed by any information the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. command messages consist of five different element types, which are defined in table 22 and shown in figure 21. table 22: command message elements symbol meaning   the basic command name. if the header ends with a question mark, the command is a query. the header may begin with a colon (:) character; if the command is concatenated with other commands the beginning colon is required. the beginning colon can never be used with command headers beginning with a star (*).   a header subfunction. some command headers have only one mnemonic. if a command header has multiple mnemonics, they are always separated from each other by a colon (:) character.  a quantity, quality, restriction, or limit associated with the header. not all commands have an argument, while other commands have multiple arguments. arguments are separated from the header by a  . arguments are separated from each other by a  . command syntax 22 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual command and query structure commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually simply called commands and queries). commands change instrument settings or perform a specific action. queries cause the oscilloscope to return data and information about its status. most commands have both a set form and a query form. the query form of the command is the same as the set form except that it ends with a question mark. for example, the set command    has a query form    . not all commands have both a set and a query form; some commands are set only and some are query only. a few commands do both a set and query action. for example, the 
 command runs a self-calibration program on the oscilloscope, then returns the result of the calibration. a command message is a command or query name, followed by any information the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. command messages consist of five different element types, which are defined in table 22 and shown in figure 21. table 22: command message elements symbol meaning   the basic command name. if the header ends with a question mark, the command is a query. the header may begin with a colon (:) character; if the command is concatenated with other commands the beginning colon is required. the beginning colon can never be used with command headers beginning with a star (*).   a header subfunction. some command headers have only one mnemonic. if a command header has multiple mnemonics, they are always separated from each other by a colon (:) character.  a quantity, quality, restriction, or limit associated with the header. not all commands have an argument, while other commands have multiple arguments. arguments are separated from the header by a  . arguments are separated from each other by a  . free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 23 table 22: command message elements (cont.) symbol meaning   a single comma between arguments of multiple-argument commands. it may optionally have white space characters before and after the comma.   a white space character between command header and argument. it may optionally consist of multiple white space characters. comma save:waveform ch1,refa header mnemonics arguments space figure 21: command message elements commands commands cause the oscilloscope to perform a specific function or change one of its settings. commands have the structure: 
     

a command header is made up of one or more mnemonics arranged in a hierarchical or tree structure. the first mnemonic is the base or root of the tree and each subsequent mnemonic is a level or branch off of the previous one. commands at a higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. the leading colon (:) always returns you to the base of the command tree. command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 23 table 22: command message elements (cont.) symbol meaning   a single comma between arguments of multiple-argument commands. it may optionally have white space characters before and after the comma.   a white space character between command header and argument. it may optionally consist of multiple white space characters. comma save:waveform ch1,refa header mnemonics arguments space figure 21: command message elements commands commands cause the oscilloscope to perform a specific function or change one of its settings. commands have the structure: 
     

a command header is made up of one or more mnemonics arranged in a hierarchical or tree structure. the first mnemonic is the base or root of the tree and each subsequent mnemonic is a level or branch off of the previous one. commands at a higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. the leading colon (:) always returns you to the base of the command tree. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 24 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual queries queries cause the oscilloscope to return information about its status or settings. queries have the structure: "!"* "!"* ) "
*#-&"', (&&
*#-&"', you can specify a query command at any level within the command tree unless otherwise noted. these branch queries return information about all the mnemonics below the specified branch or level. for example, 
*"&"',
.,+ returns the measurement units, while 
*"&"',
." returns the measurement type selected for the measurement, and 
*"&"',
. returns all the measurement parameters for the specified measure- ment. headers in query responses you can control whether the instrument returns headers as part of the query response. use the 
"* command to control this feature. if header is on, the instrument returns command headers as part of the query and formats the query response as a valid set command. when header is off, the instrument sends back only the values in the response. this format can make it easier to parse and extract the information from the response. table 23 shows the difference in responses. table 23: comparison of header off and on responses query header off response header on response
-$*"
#  
 
   %$'#    command syntax 24 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual queries queries cause the oscilloscope to return information about its status or settings. queries have the structure: "!"* "!"* ) "
*#-&"', (&&
*#-&"', you can specify a query command at any level within the command tree unless otherwise noted. these branch queries return information about all the mnemonics below the specified branch or level. for example, 
*"&"',
.,+ returns the measurement units, while 
*"&"',
." returns the measurement type selected for the measurement, and 
*"&"',
. returns all the measurement parameters for the specified measure- ment. headers in query responses you can control whether the instrument returns headers as part of the query response. use the 
"* command to control this feature. if header is on, the instrument returns command headers as part of the query and formats the query response as a valid set command. when header is off, the instrument sends back only the values in the response. this format can make it easier to parse and extract the information from the response. table 23 shows the difference in responses. table 23: comparison of header off and on responses query header off response header on response
-$*"
#  
 
   %$'#    free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 25 clearing the output queue to clear the output queue and reset the oscilloscope to accept a new command or query, send a device clear (dcl) from a gpib host or a break signal from an rs-232 host. command entry follow these general rules when entering commands:  enter commands in upper or lower case.  you can precede any command with white space characters. white space characters include any combination of the ascii control characters 00 through 09 and 0b through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal).  the oscilloscope ignores commands that consists of just a combination of white space characters and line feeds. abbreviating commands you can abbreviate many oscilloscope commands. these abbrevi- ations are shown in capital letters in the command listing in the command groups section on page 215 and command descriptions section on page 233. for example, the command 
  can be entered simply as 
  or  . if you use the  command to have command headers included as part of query responses, you can also control whether the returned headers are abbreviated or are full-length using the   command. command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 25 clearing the output queue to clear the output queue and reset the oscilloscope to accept a new command or query, send a device clear (dcl) from a gpib host or a break signal from an rs-232 host. command entry follow these general rules when entering commands:  enter commands in upper or lower case.  you can precede any command with white space characters. white space characters include any combination of the ascii control characters 00 through 09 and 0b through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal).  the oscilloscope ignores commands that consists of just a combination of white space characters and line feeds. abbreviating commands you can abbreviate many oscilloscope commands. these abbrevi- ations are shown in capital letters in the command listing in the command groups section on page 215 and command descriptions section on page 233. for example, the command 
  can be entered simply as 
  or  . if you use the  command to have command headers included as part of query responses, you can also control whether the returned headers are abbreviated or are full-length using the   command. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 26 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual concatenating commands you can concatenate any combination of set commands and queries using a semicolon (;). the oscilloscope executes concatenated commands in the order received. when concatenating commands and queries you must follow these rules:  completely different headers must be separated by both a semicolon and by the beginning colon on all commands but the first. for example, the commands  #  ! and 
% #  can be concatenated into a single command:  #  !
% #   if concatenated commands have headers that differ by only the last mnemonic, you can abbreviate the second command and eliminate the beginning colon. for example, the commands 
% #   # and 
% #  could be concatenated into a single command: 
% #   #   the longer version works equally well: 
% #   #
% #   never precede a star (*) command with a colon: 
% #   # the instrument processes commands that follow the star command as if the star command was not there, so: 
% #   #   sets the acquisition mode to average and sets acquisition averaging to 16. the  command is ignored.  when you concatenate queries, the responses to all queries are combined into a single response message. for example, if channel 1 coupling is set to dc and the bandwidth is set to 20mhz, the concatenated query:

! " & $ returns 



     if header is on, or
 if header is off. command syntax 26 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual concatenating commands you can concatenate any combination of set commands and queries using a semicolon (;). the oscilloscope executes concatenated commands in the order received. when concatenating commands and queries you must follow these rules:  completely different headers must be separated by both a semicolon and by the beginning colon on all commands but the first. for example, the commands  #  ! and 
% #  can be concatenated into a single command:  #  !
% #   if concatenated commands have headers that differ by only the last mnemonic, you can abbreviate the second command and eliminate the beginning colon. for example, the commands 
% #   # and 
% #  could be concatenated into a single command: 
% #   #   the longer version works equally well: 
% #   #
% #   never precede a star (*) command with a colon: 
% #   # the instrument processes commands that follow the star command as if the star command was not there, so: 
% #   #   sets the acquisition mode to average and sets acquisition averaging to 16. the  command is ignored.  when you concatenate queries, the responses to all queries are combined into a single response message. for example, if channel 1 coupling is set to dc and the bandwidth is set to 20mhz, the concatenated query:

! " & $ returns 



     if header is on, or
 if header is off. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 27  you can concatenate set commands and queries in the same message. for example: )#'  '!  !   is a valid message that sets the acquisition mode to normal, queries the number of acquisitions for averaging, and then queries the acquisition state. the oscilloscope executes concatenated commands and queries in the order it receives them.  any query that returns arbitrary data, such as  , must be the last query when part of a concatenated command. if the query is not last, the oscilloscope generates event message 440. here are some invalid concatenation examples:  $#%!  )#'  !  (missing colon before )#' )  $#%!  *#("  (invalid colon before *#(" )  $#%!  (invalid colon before a star (  ) command)  #+&%($ %#(#&%  % $ , (levels of mnemonics are differenteeither remove the second occurrence of  % , or put #+&%($ in front of   $ ) message terminators this manual uses the term 
(end of message) to represent a message terminator. gpib end of message terminators. gpib eom terminators can be the end message (eoi asserted concurrently with the last data byte), the ascii code for line feed (lf) sent as the last data byte, or both. the oscilloscope always terminates messages with lf and eoi. white space is allowed before the terminator; for example, cr lf is acceptable. command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 27  you can concatenate set commands and queries in the same message. for example: )#'  '!  !   is a valid message that sets the acquisition mode to normal, queries the number of acquisitions for averaging, and then queries the acquisition state. the oscilloscope executes concatenated commands and queries in the order it receives them.  any query that returns arbitrary data, such as  , must be the last query when part of a concatenated command. if the query is not last, the oscilloscope generates event message 440. here are some invalid concatenation examples:  $#%!  )#'  !  (missing colon before )#' )  $#%!  *#("  (invalid colon before *#(" )  $#%!  (invalid colon before a star (  ) command)  #+&%($ %#(#&%  % $ , (levels of mnemonics are differenteeither remove the second occurrence of  % , or put #+&%($ in front of   $ ) message terminators this manual uses the term 
(end of message) to represent a message terminator. gpib end of message terminators. gpib eom terminators can be the end message (eoi asserted concurrently with the last data byte), the ascii code for line feed (lf) sent as the last data byte, or both. the oscilloscope always terminates messages with lf and eoi. white space is allowed before the terminator; for example, cr lf is acceptable. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 28 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs-232 end of message terminators. rs-232 eom terminators can be a cr (carriage return), lf (line feed), crlf (carriage return followed by a line feed), or lfcr (line feed followed by a carriage return). when receiving, the oscilloscope accepts all four combinations as valid input message terminators regardless of the currently selected terminator. when a combination of multiple characters is selected (crlf or lfcr), the oscilloscope interprets the first character as the terminator and the second character as a null command. constructe d mnemonics some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. for example, a channel mnemonic could be
 . you can use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. for example, there is a
 command and there is also a
 command. in the command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated
 . channel mnemonics commands specify the channel to use as a mnemonic in the header. symbol meaning
 tds 210 and tds 220: a channel specifier;  is  or  . tds 224: a channel specifier;  is  ,  ,  , or  . reference waveform mnemonics commands can specify the reference waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. symbol meaning   tds 210 and tds 220: a reference waveform specifier;  is  or . tds 224: a channel specifier;  is  , ,
, or . command syntax 28 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs-232 end of message terminators. rs-232 eom terminators can be a cr (carriage return), lf (line feed), crlf (carriage return followed by a line feed), or lfcr (line feed followed by a carriage return). when receiving, the oscilloscope accepts all four combinations as valid input message terminators regardless of the currently selected terminator. when a combination of multiple characters is selected (crlf or lfcr), the oscilloscope interprets the first character as the terminator and the second character as a null command. constructed mnemonics . some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. for example, a channel mnemonic could be
 . you can use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. for example, there is a
 command and there is also a
 command. in the command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated
 . channel mnemonics commands specify the channel to use as a mnemonic in the header. symbol meaning
 tds 210 and tds 220: a channel specifier;  is  or  . tds 224: a channel specifier;  is  ,  ,  , or  . reference waveform mnemonics commands can specify the reference waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. symbol meaning   tds 210 and tds 220: a reference waveform specifier;  is  or . tds 224: a channel specifier;  is  , ,
, or . free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 29 waveform mnemonics in some commands you can specify a waveform without regard to its type: channel waveform, math waveform, or reference waveform. the ayo is the same as axo in reference waveform mnemonics. symbol meaning  can be  ,   or 
 cursor position mnemonic when the oscilloscope displays cursors, commands may specify which cursor of the pair to use. symbol meaning    a cursor selector;  is  or  . measurement specifier mnemonics commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the header. the instrument can display up to four automated measurements. the displayed measurements are specified in this way: symbol meaning 
 a measurement specifier;  is  ,  ,  , or  . argument types a command argument can be in one of several forms. the individual descriptions of each command tell which argument types to use with that command. numeric arguments many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. the next table lists the three types of numeric argument. command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 29 waveform mnemonics in some commands you can specify a waveform without regard to its type: channel waveform, math waveform, or reference waveform. the ayo is the same as axo in reference waveform mnemonics. symbol meaning  can be  ,   or 
 cursor position mnemonic when the oscilloscope displays cursors, commands may specify which cursor of the pair to use. symbol meaning    a cursor selector;  is  or  . measurement specifier mnemonics commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the header. the instrument can display up to four automated measurements. the displayed measurements are specified in this way: symbol meaning 
 a measurement specifier;  is  ,  ,  , or  . argument types a command argument can be in one of several forms. the individual descriptions of each command tell which argument types to use with that command. numeric arguments many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. the next table lists the three types of numeric argument. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 210 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual symbol meaning   signed integer value   floating point value without an exponent   floating point value with an exponent the syntax shown is the data format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. this format is also the preferred format when sending a command to the oscilloscope. when you enter an incorrect numeric argument, the oscilloscope automatically forces the numeric argument to a correct value. the following table lists how the oscilloscope handles incorrect numeric arguments. argument value oscilloscope response numeric argument is less than lowest correct value for that command sets the specified command to the lowest correct value and executes the command numeric argument is greater than the highest correct value for that command sets the specified command to the highest correct value and executes the command numeric value is be- tween two correct values rounds the entered value to the nearest correct value and executes the command quoted string arguments some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string, which is simply a group of ascii characters enclosed by single quotes (  ) or double quotes (  ). for example:     symbol meaning 
 quoted string of ascii text command syntax 210 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual symbol meaning   signed integer value   floating point value without an exponent   floating point value with an exponent the syntax shown is the data format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. this format is also the preferred format when sending a command to the oscilloscope. when you enter an incorrect numeric argument, the oscilloscope automatically forces the numeric argument to a correct value. the following table lists how the oscilloscope handles incorrect numeric arguments. argument value oscilloscope response numeric argument is less than lowest correct value for that command sets the specified command to the lowest correct value and executes the command numeric argument is greater than the highest correct value for that command sets the specified command to the highest correct value and executes the command numeric value is be- tween two correct values rounds the entered value to the nearest correct value and executes the command quoted string arguments some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string, which is simply a group of ascii characters enclosed by single quotes (  ) or double quotes (  ). for example:     symbol meaning 
 quoted string of ascii text free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 211 follow these rules when you use quoted strings: 1. a quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ascii character set. refer to appendix a . 2. use the same type of quote character to open and close the string:      3. you can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule:     
   4. you can include a quote character within a string simply by repeating the quote. for example,       5. strings can have upper or lower case characters. 6. if you use a gpib network, you cannot terminate a quoted string with the end message before the closing delimiter. 7. a carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate the string, but is treated as just another character in the string. 8. the maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000 characters. here are some examples of invalid strings:      (quotes are not of the same type)   (termination character is embedded in the string) command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 211 follow these rules when you use quoted strings: 1. a quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ascii character set. refer to appendix a . 2. use the same type of quote character to open and close the string:      3. you can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule:     
   4. you can include a quote character within a string simply by repeating the quote. for example,       5. strings can have upper or lower case characters. 6. if you use a gpib network, you cannot terminate a quoted string with the end message before the closing delimiter. 7. a carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate the string, but is treated as just another character in the string. 8. the maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000 characters. here are some examples of invalid strings:      (quotes are not of the same type)   (termination character is embedded in the string) free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 212 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual block arguments several oscilloscope commands use a block argument form. the following table describes each part of a block argument figure 22 shows an example of a block argument. symbol meaning   a non-zero digit character, in the range 1-9   a digit character, in the range 0-9 
 a character with the hex equivalent of 00 through ff hexadecimal (0 through 255 decimal)   a block of data bytes, defined as:        
  
  *ddt #217acquire:state run block header specifies number of length digits that follow specifies data length block argument figure 22: block argument example command syntax 212 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual block arguments several oscilloscope commands use a block argument form. the following table describes each part of a block argument figure 22 shows an example of a block argument. symbol meaning   a non-zero digit character, in the range 1-9   a digit character, in the range 0-9 
 a character with the hex equivalent of 00 through ff hexadecimal (0 through 255 decimal)   a block of data bytes, defined as:        
  
  *ddt #217acquire:state run block header specifies number of length digits that follow specifies data length block argument figure 22: block argument example free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 213    specifies the number of   elements that follow. taken together, the   elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many 
 elements follow.  means that the   is an indefinite length block. the  
 ends the block. you should not use indefinite length blocks with rs-232, because there is no way to include a  
  character as a 
 character. the first occurrence of a  
 character signals the end of the block and any subsequent 
 characters will be interpreted as a syntax error. with the gpib, the eoi line signals the last byte. command syntax tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 213    specifies the number of   elements that follow. taken together, the   elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many 
 elements follow.  means that the   is an indefinite length block. the  
 ends the block. you should not use indefinite length blocks with rs-232, because there is no way to include a  
  character as a 
 character. the first occurrence of a  
 character signals the end of the block and any subsequent 
 characters will be interpreted as a syntax error. with the gpib, the eoi line signals the last byte. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command syntax 214 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual command syntax 214 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 215 command groups this section lists the commands organized by functional group. the command descriptions section, starting on page 233, lists all commands alphabetically. the oscilloscope gpib and rs-232 interfaces conform to tektronix standard codes and formats except where noted. the gpib interface also conforms to ieee std 488.2-1987 except where noted. acquisition commands acquisition commands affect the acquisition of waveforms. these commands control mode, averaging, enveloping, and single-wave- form acquisition. table 24: acquisition commands header description   return acquisition parameters    set/query acquisition mode   return # of acquisitions obtained   set/query number of acquisitions for average     start or stop acquisition system  
 set/query acquisition control tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 215 command groups this section lists the commands organized by functional group. the command descriptions section, starting on page 233, lists all commands alphabetically. the oscilloscope gpib and rs-232 interfaces conform to tektronix standard codes and formats except where noted. the gpib interface also conforms to ieee std 488.2-1987 except where noted. acquisition commands acquisition commands affect the acquisition of waveforms. these commands control mode, averaging, enveloping, and single-wave- form acquisition. table 24: acquisition commands header description   return acquisition parameters    set/query acquisition mode   return # of acquisitions obtained   set/query number of acquisitions for average     start or stop acquisition system  
 set/query acquisition control free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 216 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual calibration and diagnostic commands calibration and diagnostic commands let you initiate the oscillo- scope self-calibration routines and examine the results of diagnostic tests. table 25: calibration and diagnostic commands header description   perform an internal self-calibration and return result status   stop an in-progress factory calibration     perform an internal self-calibration    initialize the factory calibration se- quence     perform the next step in the factory calibration sequence   return pass or fail status of the last self- or factory-calibration operation    
 return diagnostic tests status    
 return diagnostic test sequence results  
  returns first entry from error log  
  returns next entry from error log command groups 216 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual calibration and diagnostic commands calibration and diagnostic commands let you initiate the oscillo- scope self-calibration routines and examine the results of diagnostic tests. table 25: calibration and diagnostic commands header description   perform an internal self-calibration and return result status   stop an in-progress factory calibration     perform an internal self-calibration    initialize the factory calibration se- quence     perform the next step in the factory calibration sequence   return pass or fail status of the last self- or factory-calibration operation    
 return diagnostic tests status    
 return diagnostic test sequence results  
  returns first entry from error log  
  returns next entry from error log free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 217 cursor commands cursor commands provide control over the oscilloscope cursor display and readout. table 26: cursor commands header description  returns cursor settings 
 set/query cursors on or off; select cursor type   return horizontal bar settings    return vertical distance between horizontal bar cursors     set/query position of a horizontal bar cursor    query vertical scale units   select waveform  return vertical bar settings   return horizontal distance between cursors    set/query position of a vertical bar cursor   set/query vertical cursors to time or frequency command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 217 cursor commands cursor commands provide control over the oscilloscope cursor display and readout. table 26: cursor commands header description  returns cursor settings 
 set/query cursors on or off; select cursor type   return horizontal bar settings    return vertical distance between horizontal bar cursors     set/query position of a horizontal bar cursor    query vertical scale units   select waveform  return vertical bar settings   return horizontal distance between cursors    set/query position of a vertical bar cursor   set/query vertical cursors to time or frequency free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 218 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual display commands display commands let you change the graticule style, displayed contrast, and alter other display attributes. table 27: display commands header description   returns display settings    set/query the lcd display contrast     set/query yt or xy display   set/query the accumulate time   set/query waveform display style hard copy commands the hard copy commands let you control the format of hard copy output and control the starting and stopping of hard copies. table 28: hard copy commands header description  start or terminate hard copy    set/query the hard copy output format 
 set/query the hard copy orientation   set/query the hard copy port for output (rs232, gpib, or centronics) command groups 218 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual display commands display commands let you change the graticule style, displayed contrast, and alter other display attributes. table 27: display commands header description   returns display settings    set/query the lcd display contrast     set/query yt or xy display   set/query the accumulate time   set/query waveform display style hard copy commands the hard copy commands let you control the format of hard copy output and control the starting and stopping of hard copies. table 28: hard copy commands header description  start or terminate hard copy    set/query the hard copy output format 
 set/query the hard copy orientation   set/query the hard copy port for output (rs232, gpib, or centronics) free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 219 horizontal commands horizontal commands control the time bases of the oscilloscope. you can set the position and time per division of both the main and window time bases. you can substitute secdiv for scale in all appropriate horizontal commands. this provides program compatibility with previous tektronix digitizing oscilloscopes. table 29: horizontal commands header description    return horizontal settings   
  position window   
 set/query window time base time/divi- sion   
 same as horizontal:delay:scale      set/query main time base time/division       set/query main time base trigger point      set/query main time base time/division      same as horizontal:main:scale     set/query position of waveform to display     return waveform record length    same as horizontal:main:scale    same as horizontal:main:scale     select view      (tds2mm only) set/query     (tds2mm only) set/query command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 219 horizontal commands horizontal commands control the time bases of the oscilloscope. you can set the position and time per division of both the main and window time bases. you can substitute secdiv for scale in all appropriate horizontal commands. this provides program compatibility with previous tektronix digitizing oscilloscopes. table 29: horizontal commands header description    return horizontal settings   
  position window   
 set/query window time base time/divi- sion   
 same as horizontal:delay:scale      set/query main time base time/division       set/query main time base trigger point      set/query main time base time/division      same as horizontal:main:scale     set/query position of waveform to display     return waveform record length    same as horizontal:main:scale    same as horizontal:main:scale     select view      (tds2mm only) set/query     (tds2mm only) set/query free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 220 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual measurement commands measurement commands control the automated measurement system. up to four automated measurements can be displayed on the oscilloscope screen. in the commands, these four measurement readouts are named
 , where  can be  ,  ,  , or  . in addition to the four measurement readouts displayed, the measurement commands let you specify a fifth measurement,  . the immediate measurement has no front-panel equivalent, and the instrument never displays immediate measurements. because they are computed only when they are requested, immediate measure- ments slow the waveform update rate less than displayed measure- ments. use the   query to obtain measurement results of either displayed or immediate measurements. several measurement commands set and query measurement parameters. you can assign some parameters, such as waveform sources, differently for each measurement readout. table 210: measurement commands header description
 return all measurement parameters
  return immediate measurement parameters
  set/query channel to take the immedi- ate measurement from
  set/query the immediate measure- ment to be taken
   return the immediate measurement units
   return the immediate measurement result

 return parameters on the periodic measurement command groups 220 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual measurement commands measurement commands control the automated measurement system. up to four automated measurements can be displayed on the oscilloscope screen. in the commands, these four measurement readouts are named
 , where  can be  ,  ,  , or  . in addition to the four measurement readouts displayed, the measurement commands let you specify a fifth measurement,  . the immediate measurement has no front-panel equivalent, and the instrument never displays immediate measurements. because they are computed only when they are requested, immediate measure- ments slow the waveform update rate less than displayed measure- ments. use the   query to obtain measurement results of either displayed or immediate measurements. several measurement commands set and query measurement parameters. you can assign some parameters, such as waveform sources, differently for each measurement readout. table 210: measurement commands header description
 return all measurement parameters
  return immediate measurement parameters
  set/query channel to take the immedi- ate measurement from
  set/query the immediate measure- ment to be taken
   return the immediate measurement units
   return the immediate measurement result

 return parameters on the periodic measurement free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 221 table 210: measurement commands (cont.) header description    " set/query channel to take the periodic measurement from    " set/query the type of periodic measurement to be taken    "  returns the units for periodic measurement    "! returns periodic measurement results miscellaneous commands miscellaneous commands are a group of commands that do not fit into any other category. several commands and queries are common to all 488.2-1987 devices on the gpib bus and the device on the rs-232 interface. these commands and queries are defined by ieee std. 488.2-1987 and tek standard codes and formats 1989 and begin with an asterisk (  ) character. table 211: miscellaneous commands header description  automatic instrument setup  set/query group execute trigger (get)
 # reset to factory default  same as header  set/query command header  returns identification information   returns identification information   set/query language for display messages command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 221 table 210: measurement commands (cont.) header description    " set/query channel to take the periodic measurement from    " set/query the type of periodic measurement to be taken    "  returns the units for periodic measurement    "! returns periodic measurement results miscellaneous commands miscellaneous commands are a group of commands that do not fit into any other category. several commands and queries are common to all 488.2-1987 devices on the gpib bus and the device on the rs-232 interface. these commands and queries are defined by ieee std. 488.2-1987 and tek standard codes and formats 1989 and begin with an asterisk (  ) character. table 211: miscellaneous commands header description  automatic instrument setup  set/query group execute trigger (get)
 # reset to factory default  same as header  set/query command header  returns identification information   returns identification information   set/query language for display messages free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 222 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 211: miscellaneous commands (cont.) header description  lock front panel (local lockout)  query device settings 
 no action; remark only  reset 
 same as *lrn?  perform group execute trigger (get)  return self-test results " unlock front panel (local lockout) 
"$ return full command name or mini- mum spellings with query rs-232 commands rs-232 commands allow you to set or query the parameters that control the rs-232 port. table 212: rs-232 commands  query rs232 parameters  set/query baud rate   ! set/query hard flagging %& set/query parity type   ! set/query soft flagging $ %
!%"# set/query end-of-line terminator command groups 222 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 211: miscellaneous commands (cont.) header description  lock front panel (local lockout)  query device settings 
 no action; remark only  reset 
 same as *lrn?  perform group execute trigger (get)  return self-test results " unlock front panel (local lockout) 
"$ return full command name or mini- mum spellings with query rs-232 commands rs-232 commands allow you to set or query the parameters that control the rs-232 port. table 212: rs-232 commands  query rs232 parameters  set/query baud rate   ! set/query hard flagging %& set/query parity type   ! set/query soft flagging $ %
!%"# set/query end-of-line terminator free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 223 save and recall commands save and recall commands allow you to store and retrieve internal waveforms and settings. when you asave a setting,o you save most of the settings of the oscilloscope. when you then arecall a setting,o the oscilloscope restores itself to the state it was in when you saved that setting. to display a saved waveform, use the select: command described on page 2138. table 213: save and recall commands header description   recall setting 
  recall saved instrument setting 
 save instrument setting
 
  save instrument setting
   save waveform status and error commands status and error commands let you determine the status of the oscilloscope and control events. several commands and queries are common to all devices on the gpib bus. these commands and queries are defined by ieee std. 488.2-1987 and tek standard codes and formats 1989, and begin with an asterisk (  ) character. table 214: status and error commands header description  return all events 
 return instrument busy status 
clear status command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 223 save and recall commands save and recall commands allow you to store and retrieve internal waveforms and settings. when you asave a setting,o you save most of the settings of the oscilloscope. when you then arecall a setting,o the oscilloscope restores itself to the state it was in when you saved that setting. to display a saved waveform, use the select: command described on page 2138. table 213: save and recall commands header description   recall setting 
  recall saved instrument setting 
 save instrument setting
 
  save instrument setting
   save waveform status and error commands status and error commands let you determine the status of the oscilloscope and control events. several commands and queries are common to all devices on the gpib bus. these commands and queries are defined by ieee std. 488.2-1987 and tek standard codes and formats 1989, and begin with an asterisk (  ) character. table 214: status and error commands header description  return all events 
 return instrument busy status 
clear status free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 224 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 214: status and error commands (cont.) header description  set/query device event status enable  set/query standard event status enable  return standard event status register   return event code   return event message  return number of events in queue   set/query operation complete  set/query power-on status clear  set/query service request enable  read status byte 
wait to continue trigger commands trigger commands control all aspects of oscilloscope triggering. the two types of triggers are edge and video. edge triggering is the default type. edge triggering lets you acquire a waveform when the signal passes through a voltage level of your choosing. video triggering adds the capability of triggering on video fields and lines. table 215: trigger commands header description 
 force trigger event 
 
 set main trigger level to 50%; query returns main trigger settings 
 
  return edge trigger settings command groups 224 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 214: status and error commands (cont.) header description  set/query device event status enable  set/query standard event status enable  return standard event status register   return event code   return event message  return number of events in queue   set/query operation complete  set/query power-on status clear  set/query service request enable  read status byte 
wait to continue trigger commands trigger commands control all aspects of oscilloscope triggering. the two types of triggers are edge and video. edge triggering is the default type. edge triggering lets you acquire a waveform when the signal passes through a voltage level of your choosing. video triggering adds the capability of triggering on video fields and lines. table 215: trigger commands header description 
 force trigger event 
 
 set main trigger level to 50%; query returns main trigger settings 
 
  return edge trigger settings free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 225 table 215: trigger commands (cont.) header description 
% " 
 " set/query edge trigger coupling 
% " 
 $ set/query edge trigger slope 
% " 
% set/query edge trigger source 
% "   return trigger holdoff value 
% "   ' set/query trigger holdoff value 
% "  set/query trigger level 
% " set/query trigger mode 
% " set/query main trigger type 
% " # query video trigger parameters 
% " # %&* set/query video trigger polarity 
% " #% set/query video trigger source 
% " # set/query video trigger sync 
%  return trigger system status vertical commands vertical commands control the attributes of the channels. the  &(! command also displays a specified waveform or removes it from the display. table 216: vertical commands header description  ) return vertical parameters  )(& set/query channel bandwidth  ) " set/query channel coupling command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 225 table 215: trigger commands (cont.) header description 
% " 
 " set/query edge trigger coupling 
% " 
 $ set/query edge trigger slope 
% " 
% set/query edge trigger source 
% "   return trigger holdoff value 
% "   ' set/query trigger holdoff value 
% "  set/query trigger level 
% " set/query trigger mode 
% " set/query main trigger type 
% " # query video trigger parameters 
% " # %&* set/query video trigger polarity 
% " #% set/query video trigger source 
% " # set/query video trigger sync 
%  return trigger system status vertical commands vertical commands control the attributes of the channels. the  &(! command also displays a specified waveform or removes it from the display. table 216: vertical commands header description  ) return vertical parameters  )(& set/query channel bandwidth  ) " set/query channel coupling free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 226 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 216: vertical commands (cont.) header description 
# ! * set/query channel invert 
#! set/query channel position 
# set/query channel probe parameters 
# set/query channel volts/div 
# ! same as ch:scale 
 query math waveform state 
  set/query math waveform definition 
 ! ! (tds2mm only) set/query fft waveform vertical position 
 !   (tds2mm only) set/query fft waveform vertical scale  !" set/query waveform display state * all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except ds 210 and tds 220 with firmware below v 2.00 and a tds2cm. waveform commands waveform commands let you transfer waveform data points to and from the oscilloscope. waveform data points are a collection of values that define a waveform. one data value usually represents one data point in the waveform record. when working with peak-detect waveforms, each data value is either the min or max of a min/max pair. before you can transfer waveform data, you must specify the data format and waveform locations. refer to the text following this table for more information about waveform commands. command groups 226 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 216: vertical commands (cont.) header description 
# ! * set/query channel invert 
#! set/query channel position 
# set/query channel probe parameters 
# set/query channel volts/div 
# ! same as ch:scale 
 query math waveform state 
  set/query math waveform definition 
 ! ! (tds2mm only) set/query fft waveform vertical position 
 !  (tds2mm only) set/query fft waveform vertical scale  !" set/query waveform display state * all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except tds 210 and tds 220 with firmware below v 2.00 and a tds2cm. waveform commands waveform commands let you transfer waveform data points to and from the oscilloscope. waveform data points are a collection of values that define a waveform. one data value usually represents one data point in the waveform record. when working with peak-detect waveforms, each data value is either the min or max of a min/max pair. before you can transfer waveform data, you must specify the data format and waveform locations. refer to the text following this table for more information about waveform commands. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 227 table 217: waveform commands header description  transfer waveform data to or from the instrument  set/query the waveform data format and location ! set/query the destination for wave- forms sent to the oscilloscope   set/query the waveform data encoding method    set/query the source of  data ! set/query the starting point in wave- form transfer  set/query the ending point in wave- form transfer ! same as data:destination  ! set/query the byte width of waveform points   returns waveform preamble and curve data 
 returns waveform preamble 
  set/query the preamble bit width of waveform points 
 ! set/query the preamble binary encod- ing type 
 set/query the preamble byte width of waveform points 
 set/query the preamble byte order of waveform points 
  set/query the preamble encoding method command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 227 table 217: waveform commands header description  transfer waveform data to or from the instrument  set/query the waveform data format and location ! set/query the destination for wave- forms sent to the oscilloscope   set/query the waveform data encoding method    set/query the source of  data ! set/query the starting point in wave- form transfer  set/query the ending point in wave- form transfer ! same as data:destination  ! set/query the byte width of waveform points   returns waveform preamble and curve data 
 returns waveform preamble 
  set/query the preamble bit width of waveform points 
 ! set/query the preamble binary encod- ing type 
 set/query the preamble byte width of waveform points 
 set/query the preamble byte order of waveform points 
  set/query the preamble encoding method free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 228 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 217: waveform commands (cont.) header description     query the number of points in the curve transfer    set/query the format of curve points   
 query the trigger offset   query the waveform identifier    set/query the horizontal sampling interval    set/query the horizontal units   set/query time of first point in wave- form   set/query the vertical scale factor  
 set/query the vertical offset    set/query the vertical units   query the 0 db level (tds2mm only)   returns waveform formatting data    set/query the format of curve points   
 query the trigger offset   query the waveform identifier    set/query the horizontal sampling interval    set/query the horizontal units   set/query the time of first datapoint in waveform   set/query the vertical scale factor  
 set/query the vertical position    set/query the vertical units   query the 0 db level (tds2mm only) command groups 228 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 217: waveform commands (cont.) header description     query the number of points in the curve transfer    set/query the format of curve points   
 query the trigger offset   query the waveform identifier    set/query the horizontal sampling interval    set/query the horizontal units   set/query time of first point in wave- form   set/query the vertical scale factor  
 set/query the vertical offset    set/query the vertical units   query the 0 db level (tds2mm only)   returns waveform formatting data    set/query the format of curve points   
 query the trigger offset   query the waveform identifier    set/query the horizontal sampling interval    set/query the horizontal units   set/query the time of first datapoint in waveform   set/query the vertical scale factor  
 set/query the vertical position    set/query the vertical units   query the 0 db level (tds2mm only) free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 229 waveform data formats waveform data uses one 8-bit data byte to represent each data point, regardless of the acquisition mode. for compatibility with earlier digitizing oscilloscopes, the data:width command lets you specify the number of bytes per data point when transferring data to and from the oscilloscope. if you specify two bytes for data that uses only one, the least significant byte will be filled with zeros. the oscilloscope ignores the least-significant byte of incoming waveforms. the oscilloscope can transfer waveform data in either ascii or binary format. use the data:encdg command to specify one of the following formats:  ascii data is represented by signed integer values. the range of values depends on the byte width specified. one-byte-wide data ranges from -128 to 127. two-byte-wide data ranges from -32768 to 32767. each data value requires two to seven characters. this includes one character for the minus sign if the value is negative, one to five ascii characters for the waveform value, and a comma to separate data points. an example of an ascii waveform data string follows:   


 

   command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 229 waveform data formats waveform data uses one 8-bit data byte to represent each data point, regardless of the acquisition mode. for compatibility with earlier digitizing oscilloscopes, the data:width command lets you specify the number of bytes per data point when transferring data to and from the oscilloscope. if you specify two bytes for data that uses only one, the least significant byte will be filled with zeros. the oscilloscope ignores the least-significant byte of incoming waveforms. the oscilloscope can transfer waveform data in either ascii or binary format. use the data:encdg command to specify one of the following formats:  ascii data is represented by signed integer values. the range of values depends on the byte width specified. one-byte-wide data ranges from -128 to 127. two-byte-wide data ranges from -32768 to 32767. each data value requires two to seven characters. this includes one character for the minus sign if the value is negative, one to five ascii characters for the waveform value, and a comma to separate data points. an example of an ascii waveform data string follows:   


 

   free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 230 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  binary data can be represented by signed integer or positive integer values. the range of the values depends on the byte width specified. table 218 lists the ranges for one- and two-byte-wide data. table 218: binary data ranges byte width signed integer range positive integer range 1 -128 to 127 0 to 255 2 -32,768 to 32,767 0 to 65,535 the defined binary formats also specify the order in which the bytes are transferred giving a total of four binary formats: ribinary, rpbinary, sribinary, and srpbinary. ribinary is signed integer where the most significant byte is transferred first, and rpbinary is positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. sribinary and srpbinary correspond to ribinary and rpbinary respectively but use a swapped byte order where the least significant byte is transferred first. the byte order is ignored when data:width is set to 1. waveform data record you can transfer multiple points for each waveform record. you can transfer a portion of the waveform or you can transfer the entire record. the data:start and data:stop commands let you specify the first and last data points of the waveform record. when transferring data into the oscilloscope you must specify the location of the first data point within the waveform record. for example, when data:start is set to 1, data points will be stored starting with the first point in the record, and when data:start is set to 500, data will be stored starting at the 500 th point in the record. the oscilloscope ignores data:stop when reading in data as the oscilloscope will stop reading data when there is no more data to read or when it has reached 2500 data points. command groups 230 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  binary data can be represented by signed integer or positive integer values. the range of the values depends on the byte width specified. table 218 lists the ranges for one- and two-byte-wide data. table 218: binary data ranges byte width signed integer range positive integer range 1 -128 to 127 0 to 255 2 -32,768 to 32,767 0 to 65,535 the defined binary formats also specify the order in which the bytes are transferred giving a total of four binary formats: ribinary, rpbinary, sribinary, and srpbinary. ribinary is signed integer where the most significant byte is transferred first, and rpbinary is positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. sribinary and srpbinary correspond to ribinary and rpbinary respectively but use a swapped byte order where the least significant byte is transferred first. the byte order is ignored when data:width is set to 1. waveform data record you can transfer multiple points for each waveform record. you can transfer a portion of the waveform or you can transfer the entire record. the data:start and data:stop commands let you specify the first and last data points of the waveform record. when transferring data into the oscilloscope you must specify the location of the first data point within the waveform record. for example, when data:start is set to 1, data points will be stored starting with the first point in the record, and when data:start is set to 500, data will be stored starting at the 500 th point in the record. the oscilloscope ignores data:stop when reading in data as the oscilloscope will stop reading data when there is no more data to read or when it has reached 2500 data points. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 231 you must specify the first and last data points in the waveform record when transferring data from the oscilloscope to an external device. setting data:start to 1 and data:stop to 2500 always sends the entire waveform, regardless of the acquisition mode. waveform data locations and memory allocation the data:source command specifies the location of the data when transferring waveforms from the oscilloscope. you can transfer one waveform at a time. you can transfer only one waveform into the oscilloscope at a time. each waveform sent to the oscilloscope is stored in one of two stored waveform locations. you specify the stored waveform location with the data:destination command. note . the oscilloscope accepts waveforms that are  2500 data points long. the oscilloscope truncates waveforms longer than 2500 data points. waveform preamble each waveform that is transferred has an associated waveform preamble that contains information such as the horizontal scale, vertical scale, and other settings in place when the waveform was created. refer to the wfmpre commands starting on page 2157 for more information about the waveform preamble. scaling waveform data once you transfer the waveform data to the controller, you can convert the data points into voltage values for analysis using information from the waveform preamble. command groups tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 231 you must specify the first and last data points in the waveform record when transferring data from the oscilloscope to an external device. setting data:start to 1 and data:stop to 2500 always sends the entire waveform, regardless of the acquisition mode. waveform data locations and memory allocation the data:source command specifies the location of the data when transferring waveforms from the oscilloscope. you can transfer one waveform at a time. you can transfer only one waveform into the oscilloscope at a time. each waveform sent to the oscilloscope is stored in one of two stored waveform locations. you specify the stored waveform location with the data:destination command. note . the oscilloscope accepts waveforms that are  2500 data points long. the oscilloscope truncates waveforms longer than 2500 data points. waveform preamble each waveform that is transferred has an associated waveform preamble that contains information such as the horizontal scale, vertical scale, and other settings in place when the waveform was created. refer to the wfmpre commands starting on page 2157 for more information about the waveform preamble. scaling waveform data once you transfer the waveform data to the controller, you can convert the data points into voltage values for analysis using information from the waveform preamble. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command groups 232 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual transferring waveform data from the oscilloscope data transfer times depend on data format data width and the speed of the controller. to transfer waveforms from the oscilloscope to an external controller, do the following steps. 1. use the data:source command to select the waveform source. 2. use the data:encdg command to secify the waveform data format. 3. use the data:width command to specify the number of bytes per data point. 4. use the data:start and data:stop commands to specify the portion of the waveform that you want to transfer. 5. use the wfmpre? command to transfer waveform preamble information. 6. use the curve? command to transfer waveform data. transferring waveform data to the oscilloscope to transfer waveform data to one of two oscilloscope waveform storage locations, do the following steps: 1. use the data:destination command to specify the stored waveform location. 2. use the data:encdg command to specify the waveform data format. 3. use the data:width command to specify the number of bytes per data point. 4. use the data:start command to specify the first data point in the waveform record. 5. use the wfmpre command to transfer waveform preamble information. 6. use the curve command to transfer waveform data. command groups 232 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual transferring waveform data from the oscilloscope data transfer times depend on data format data width and the speed of the controller. to transfer waveforms from the oscilloscope to an external controller, do the following steps. 1. use the data:source command to select the waveform source. 2. use the data:encdg command to secify the waveform data format. 3. use the data:width command to specify the number of bytes per data point. 4. use the data:start and data:stop commands to specify the portion of the waveform that you want to transfer. 5. use the wfmpre? command to transfer waveform preamble information. 6. use the curve? command to transfer waveform data. transferring waveform data to the oscilloscope to transfer waveform data to one of two oscilloscope waveform storage locations, do the following steps: 1. use the data:destination command to specify the stored waveform location. 2. use the data:encdg command to specify the waveform data format. 3. use the data:width command to specify the number of bytes per data point. 4. use the data:start command to specify the first data point in the waveform record. 5. use the wfmpre command to transfer waveform preamble information. 6. use the curve command to transfer waveform data. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 233 command descriptions commands either set or query oscilloscope values. some commands both set and query, some only set, and some only query. this manual marks set-only commands with the words ano query form.o it marks query-only commands with a question mark appended to the command and the words aquery onlyo in the command name. this manual fully spells out headers, mnemonics, and arguments with the minimal spelling shown in upper case. for example, to use the abbreviated form of the acquire:mode command just type acq:mod. the syntax of some commands varies, depending on which extension module and oscilloscope you are using. the differences are noted. note . while trigger view is active (by pushing the trigger view button on the front panel), the oscilloscope ignores the set form of most commands. if you send a command at this time the oscilloscope generates execution error 221 (settings conflict). acquire? (query only) returns all the current acquisition parameters. acquisition  returns current acquisition parameters group syntax returns tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 233 command descriptions commands either set or query oscilloscope values. some commands both set and query, some only set, and some only query. this manual marks set-only commands with the words ano query form.o it marks query-only commands with a question mark appended to the command and the words aquery onlyo in the command name. this manual fully spells out headers, mnemonics, and arguments with the minimal spelling shown in upper case. for example, to use the abbreviated form of the acquire:mode command just type acq:mod. the syntax of some commands varies, depending on which extension module and oscilloscope you are using. the differences are noted. note . while trigger view is active (by pushing the trigger view button on the front panel), the oscilloscope ignores the set form of most commands. if you send a command at this time the oscilloscope generates execution error 221 (settings conflict). acquire? (query only) returns all the current acquisition parameters. acquisition  returns current acquisition parameters group syntax returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 234 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
 might return the string  
 
 


  for the current acquisition parameters. none acquire:mode sets or queries the oscilloscope acquisition mode. this affects all live waveforms. this command is equivalent to setting mode in the acquire menu. waveforms are the displayed data point values taken from acquisi- tion intervals. each acquisition interval represents a time duration that is determined by the horizontal scale (time per division). the oscilloscope sampling system can operate at a rate greater than that indicated by the horizontal scale. therefore an acquisition interval can include more than one sample. the acquisition mode, which you set using this acquire:mode command, determines how the final value of the acquisition interval is generated from the many data samples. acquisition $"  % !  & 
## & 
" ' $"  !  specifies that the displayed data point value is the first sampled value that was taken during the acquisition interval. the waveform data has 8 bits of precision in all acquisition modes. you can request 16 bit data with a curve? query, but the lower-order 8 bits of data will be zero. !  is the default mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 234 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
 might return the string  
 
 


  for the current acquisition parameters. none acquire:mode sets or queries the oscilloscope acquisition mode. this affects all live waveforms. this command is equivalent to setting mode in the acquire menu. waveforms are the displayed data point values taken from acquisi- tion intervals. each acquisition interval represents a time duration that is determined by the horizontal scale (time per division). the oscilloscope sampling system can operate at a rate greater than that indicated by the horizontal scale. therefore an acquisition interval can include more than one sample. the acquisition mode, which you set using this acquire:mode command, determines how the final value of the acquisition interval is generated from the many data samples. acquisition $"  % !  & 
## & 
" ' $"  !  specifies that the displayed data point value is the first sampled value that was taken during the acquisition interval. the waveform data has 8 bits of precision in all acquisition modes. you can request 16 bit data with a curve? query, but the lower-order 8 bits of data will be zero. !  is the default mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 235   specifies the display of the high-low range of the samples taken from a single waveform acquisition. the oscilloscope displays the high-low range as a vertical range that extends from the highest to the lowest value sampled during the acquisition interval.   mode can reveal the presence of aliasing.  specifies averaging mode, where the resulting waveform shows an average of   data points from several separate waveform acquisitions. the number of waveform acquisitions that go into making up the average waveform is set or queried using the acquire:numavg command.     displays a vertical area representing the range of the highest to lowest value of the acquired signal.   might return 
 . acquire:numavg, curve?, data:width acquire:numacq? (query only) indicates the number of acquisitions that have taken place since starting oscilloscope acquisition. the maximum number of acquisitions that can be counted is 2 31 -1. this value is reset to zero when you change any acquisition, horizontal, vertical, or trigger arguments that affect the waveform, with the following exceptions:  changing the vertical position, trigger level, or trigger holdoff when in sample or peak detect mode does not reset the value to zero.  changing the vertical scale during scan does not reset the value to zero. examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 235   specifies the display of the high-low range of the samples taken from a single waveform acquisition. the oscilloscope displays the high-low range as a vertical range that extends from the highest to the lowest value sampled during the acquisition interval.   mode can reveal the presence of aliasing.  specifies averaging mode, where the resulting waveform shows an average of   data points from several separate waveform acquisitions. the number of waveform acquisitions that go into making up the average waveform is set or queried using the acquire:numavg command.     displays a vertical area representing the range of the highest to lowest value of the acquired signal.   might return 
 . acquire:numavg, curve?, data:width acquire:numacq? (query only) indicates the number of acquisitions that have taken place since starting oscilloscope acquisition. the maximum number of acquisitions that can be counted is 2 31 -1. this value is reset to zero when you change any acquisition, horizontal, vertical, or trigger arguments that affect the waveform, with the following exceptions:  changing the vertical position, trigger level, or trigger holdoff when in sample or peak detect mode does not reset the value to zero.  changing the vertical scale during scan does not reset the value to zero. examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 236 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual note that any change made when in average mode aborts the acquisition and resets acquire:numacq to zero. acquisition

 
  
 might return  , indicating that 350 acquisitions took place since an acquire:state run command was executed. acquire:state acquire:numavg sets the number of oscilloscope waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged waveform. this command is equivalent to setting the average count in the acquire menu. acquisition

 

  is the number of waveform acquisitions. correct values are 4, 16, 64, and 128. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 236 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual note that any change made when in average mode aborts the acquisition and resets acquire:numacq to zero. acquisition

 
  
 might return  , indicating that 350 acquisitions took place since an acquire:state run command was executed. acquire:state acquire:numavg sets the number of oscilloscope waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged waveform. this command is equivalent to setting the average count in the acquire menu. acquisition

 

  is the number of waveform acquisitions. correct values are 4, 16, 64, and 128. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 237
    specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 16 separately acquired waveforms.
    might return  , indicating that there are 64 acquisitions specified for averaging. acquire:mode acquire:state starts or stops oscilloscope acquisitions. this command is the equivalent of pressing the front-panel run/stop button. if acquire:stopafter is set to sequence, other signal events may also stop acquisition. note . the best way to determine when a single sequence acquisition is complete is to use *opc? instead of acquire:state?. acquisition
            
    or  or  = 0 stops acquisitions.  or  or   0 starts acquisition and display of waveforms. if the command was issued in the middle of an acquisition sequence (for instance averaging or enveloping),  restarts the sequence, discarding any data accumulated before the  . it also resets the number of acquisitions. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 237
    specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 16 separately acquired waveforms.
    might return  , indicating that there are 64 acquisitions specified for averaging. acquire:mode acquire:state starts or stops oscilloscope acquisitions. this command is the equivalent of pressing the front-panel run/stop button. if acquire:stopafter is set to sequence, other signal events may also stop acquisition. note . the best way to determine when a single sequence acquisition is complete is to use *opc? instead of acquire:state?. acquisition
            
    or  or  = 0 stops acquisitions.  or  or   0 starts acquisition and display of waveforms. if the command was issued in the middle of an acquisition sequence (for instance averaging or enveloping),  restarts the sequence, discarding any data accumulated before the  . it also resets the number of acquisitions. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 238 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
starts acquisition of waveform data and resets the number of acquisitions count (numacq) to zero.    returns either  or  , depending on whether the acquisition system is running. acquire:numacq?, acquire:stopafter, *opc? acquire:stopafter tells the oscilloscope when to stop taking acquisitions for edge trigger type. acquisition     
       
 specifies that the run and stop state should be determined by the user pressing the front-panel run/stop button.   specifies asingle sequenceo operation, where the oscilloscope stops after it has acquired enough waveforms to satisfy the conditions of the acquisition mode. for example, if the acquisition mode is set to sample, the oscilloscope stops after digitizing a waveform from a single trigger event. however, if the acquisition mode is set to average 64 waveforms, then the oscillo- scope stops only after acquiring all 64 waveforms. the acquire: state command and the front-panel run/stop button also stop acquisitions when the oscilloscope is in single sequence mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 238 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
starts acquisition of waveform data and resets the number of acquisitions count (numacq) to zero.    returns either  or  , depending on whether the acquisition system is running. acquire:numacq?, acquire:stopafter, *opc? acquire:stopafter tells the oscilloscope when to stop taking acquisitions for edge trigger type. acquisition     
       
 specifies that the run and stop state should be determined by the user pressing the front-panel run/stop button.   specifies asingle sequenceo operation, where the oscilloscope stops after it has acquired enough waveforms to satisfy the conditions of the acquisition mode. for example, if the acquisition mode is set to sample, the oscilloscope stops after digitizing a waveform from a single trigger event. however, if the acquisition mode is set to average 64 waveforms, then the oscillo- scope stops only after acquiring all 64 waveforms. the acquire: state command and the front-panel run/stop button also stop acquisitions when the oscilloscope is in single sequence mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 239
     !" sets the oscilloscope to stop acquisition when the user presses the front-panel run/stop button.
     might return   
. acquire:mode, acquire:state allev? (query only) causes the oscilloscope to return all events and their messages, and removes the returned events from the event queue. the messages are separated by commas. use the *esr? query to enable the events to be returned. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. this command is similar to repeatedly sending *evmsg? queries to the instrument. status and error  & the event code and message in the following format:  & %
!
!%# 
! & %
!
!%#  %#  $$
!  
!  is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. as much of the command is returned as possible without exceeding the 60 character limit of the $$ and 
!  strings combined. the command string is right-justified. examples related commands group syntax returns command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 239
     !" sets the oscilloscope to stop acquisition when the user presses the front-panel run/stop button.
     might return   
. acquire:mode, acquire:state allev? (query only) causes the oscilloscope to return all events and their messages, and removes the returned events from the event queue. the messages are separated by commas. use the *esr? query to enable the events to be returned. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. this command is similar to repeatedly sending *evmsg? queries to the instrument. status and error  & the event code and message in the following format:  & %
!
!%# 
! & %
!
!%#  %#  $$
!  
!  is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. as much of the command is returned as possible without exceeding the 60 character limit of the $$ and 
!  strings combined. the command string is right-justified. examples related commands group syntax returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 240 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
might return the string   $&# !% ##"# " ('"# %" $&# &#)    . *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, evqty?, *sre, *stb? autoset (no query form) causes the oscilloscope to adjust its vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls to display a stable waveform. this command is equivalent to pushing the front-panel autoset button. for a detailed description of the autoset function, refer to the tds 210 & tds 220 user manual . miscellaneous % *   +  &% autosets the displayed waveforms. busy? (query only) returns the status of the oscilloscope. this command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described on page 310. status and error 
examples related commands group syntax arguments group syntax command descriptions 240 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
might return the string   $&# !% ##"# " ('"# %" $&# &#)    . *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, evqty?, *sre, *stb? autoset (no query form) causes the oscilloscope to adjust its vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls to display a stable waveform. this command is equivalent to pushing the front-panel autoset button. for a detailed description of the autoset function, refer to the tds 210 & tds 220 user manual . miscellaneous % *   +  &% autosets the displayed waveforms. busy? (query only) returns the status of the oscilloscope. this command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described on page 310. status and error 
examples related commands group syntax arguments group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 241 a number 0 means that the oscilloscope is not busy processing any of the commands listed in table 221 (*opc) on page 2124. a number 1 means that the oscilloscope is busy processing one of the commands listed in table 221 (*opc) on page 2124.  might return  , indicating that the oscilloscope is busy. *opc, *wai returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 241 a number 0 means that the oscilloscope is not busy processing any of the commands listed in table 221 (*opc) on page 2124. a number 1 means that the oscilloscope is busy processing one of the commands listed in table 221 (*opc) on page 2124.  might return  , indicating that the oscilloscope is busy. *opc, *wai returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 242 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *cal? (query only) performs an internal self-calibration and returns its status. this is equivalent to selecting do self cal in the utility menu. although *cal? is a query command, it does perform an action. note . the self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. the oscilloscope does not execute any commands until the self-calibra- tion is complete. calibration and diagnostic  0 indicates that the self-calibration completed without any errors detected. any value other than zero indicates that the self-calibration did not complete successfully or completed with errors.  performs a self-calibration and might return  to indicate that it completed successfully. calibrate:internal, calibrate:status? group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 242 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *cal? (query only) performs an internal self-calibration and returns its status. this is equivalent to selecting do self cal in the utility menu. although *cal? is a query command, it does perform an action. note . the self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. the oscilloscope does not execute any commands until the self-calibra- tion is complete. calibration and diagnostic  0 indicates that the self-calibration completed without any errors detected. any value other than zero indicates that the self-calibration did not complete successfully or completed with errors.  performs a self-calibration and might return  to indicate that it completed successfully. calibrate:internal, calibrate:status? group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 243 calibrate:abort (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . aborts the factory calibration process. when you abort the factory calibration, the oscilloscope restores the calibration settings to the previous factory calibration constants stored in non-volatile memory. calibration and diagnostic 
  
  stops the in-process factory calibration procedure. calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:inter- nal, calibrate:status? calibrate:continue (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . group syntax examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 243 calibrate:abort (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . aborts the factory calibration process. when you abort the factory calibration, the oscilloscope restores the calibration settings to the previous factory calibration constants stored in non-volatile memory. calibration and diagnostic 
  
  stops the in-process factory calibration procedure. calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:inter- nal, calibrate:status? calibrate:continue (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . group syntax examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 244 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual performs the next step in the factory calibration operation. calibration and diagnostic     
    
performs the next step in the factory calibration operation. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal, calibrate:status? calibrate:factory (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . starts the oscilloscope's internal factory calibration operation. the calibration operation consists of a sequence of steps. you send the calibrate:continue command to advance to the next calibration step. the calibration program automatically sets up the oscilloscope for each calibration step. use the   command to abort the factory calibration. you can only send synchronization commands or queries (such as        while doing a factory calibration. calibration and diagnostic group syntax examples related commands group command descriptions 244 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual performs the next step in the factory calibration operation. calibration and diagnostic     
    
performs the next step in the factory calibration operation. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal, calibrate:status? calibrate:factory (no query form) note . this command should only be used in a qualified service environment. for more information about the factory calibration sequence, refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscillo- scope service manual . starts the oscilloscope's internal factory calibration operation. the calibration operation consists of a sequence of steps. you send the calibrate:continue command to advance to the next calibration step. the calibration program automatically sets up the oscilloscope for each calibration step. use the   command to abort the factory calibration. you can only send synchronization commands or queries (such as        while doing a factory calibration. calibration and diagnostic group syntax examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 245    
    
 starts the factory calibration process. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:in- ternal, calibrate:status? calibrate:internal (no query form) performs an internal self-calibration but does not return any status. this is equivalent to selecting do self cal in the utility menu. note . the self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. the oscilloscope does not execute any commands until the self-calibra- tion is complete. calibration and diagnostic    
     
  performs an internal self-calibration. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:status? syntax examples related commands group syntax examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 245    
    
 starts the factory calibration process. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:in- ternal, calibrate:status? calibrate:internal (no query form) performs an internal self-calibration but does not return any status. this is equivalent to selecting do self cal in the utility menu. note . the self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. the oscilloscope does not execute any commands until the self-calibra- tion is complete. calibration and diagnostic    
     
  performs an internal self-calibration. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:status? syntax examples related commands group syntax examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 246 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual calibrate:status? (query only) returns the status of the last calibration operation performed (either self- or factory-calibration) since power up. calibration and diagnostic    indicates that the oscilloscope completed the last calibration operation without detecting any errors.
 indicates that the oscilloscope detected errors during the last calibration operation, or that no calibration operations have been performed since power up.   might return   
 if the oscilloscope failed the last calibration operation. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal ch? (query only) returns the oscilloscope vertical parameters. because ch:scale and ch:volts are identical, only ch:scale is returned. vertical   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 246 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual calibrate:status? (query only) returns the status of the last calibration operation performed (either self- or factory-calibration) since power up. calibration and diagnostic    indicates that the oscilloscope completed the last calibration operation without detecting any errors.
 indicates that the oscilloscope detected errors during the last calibration operation, or that no calibration operations have been performed since power up.   might return   
 if the oscilloscope failed the last calibration operation. *cal?, calibrate:abort, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal ch? (query only) returns the oscilloscope vertical parameters. because ch:scale and ch:volts are identical, only ch:scale is returned. vertical   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 247 oscilloscope vertical parameters  might return the string  
    
      for channel 1. none ch:bandwidth sets or queries the bandwidth setting of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting bw limit in the vertical menu. vertical !
  "  #  $ !
  .  sets the channel bandwidth to 20 mhz.  sets the channel bandwidth to the full bandwidth of the oscilloscope. in most acquisition modes, full bandwidth is 60mhz or 100mhz (depending on the oscilloscope model). there are two exceptions. at vertical scales of 5mv/div or less (sensitivity at the bnc; that is, after the probe factor is removed), the full bandwidth is 20mhz. when the acquisition mode is peak detect, and the vertical scale at the bnc is 10mv/div or less, the full bandwidth is also 20mhz. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 247 oscilloscope vertical parameters  might return the string  
    
      for channel 1. none ch:bandwidth sets or queries the bandwidth setting of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting bw limit in the vertical menu. vertical !
  "  #  $ !
  .  sets the channel bandwidth to 20 mhz.  sets the channel bandwidth to the full bandwidth of the oscilloscope. in most acquisition modes, full bandwidth is 60mhz or 100mhz (depending on the oscilloscope model). there are two exceptions. at vertical scales of 5mv/div or less (sensitivity at the bnc; that is, after the probe factor is removed), the full bandwidth is 20mhz. when the acquisition mode is peak detect, and the vertical scale at the bnc is 10mv/div or less, the full bandwidth is also 20mhz. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 248 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
     sets the bandwidth of channel 2 to 20 mhz.
    might return  , which indicates that there is no bandwidth limiting on channel 1. none ch:coupling sets or queries the input attenuator coupling setting of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting coupling in the vertical menu. vertical

  

  

 
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to ac coupling.
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to dc coupling.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to ground. only a flat ground-level waveform is displayed.

 
establishes ac coupling on channel 1.

  might return
, indicating that channel 2 is set to dc coupling. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions 248 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
     sets the bandwidth of channel 2 to 20 mhz.
    might return  , which indicates that there is no bandwidth limiting on channel 1. none ch:coupling sets or queries the input attenuator coupling setting of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting coupling in the vertical menu. vertical

  

  

 
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to ac coupling.
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to dc coupling.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to ground. only a flat ground-level waveform is displayed.

 
establishes ac coupling on channel 1.

  might return
, indicating that channel 2 is set to dc coupling. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 249 ch:invert (all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except tds 210 or tds 220 with firmware below v 2.00 and a tds2cm) sets or queries the inversion state of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting invert in the vertical channel menus. vertical       
     inverts the specified oscilloscope channel. 
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to non-inverted.      inverts the signal on channel 1.     might return 
, indicating that channel 2 is not inverted. none ch:position sets or queries the vertical position of the specified oscilloscope channel. the position voltage value is applied to the signal before group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 249 ch:invert (all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except tds 210 or tds 220 with firmware below v 2.00 and a tds2cm) sets or queries the inversion state of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to setting invert in the vertical channel menus. vertical       
     inverts the specified oscilloscope channel. 
sets the specified oscilloscope channel to non-inverted.      inverts the signal on channel 1.     might return 
, indicating that channel 2 is not inverted. none ch:position sets or queries the vertical position of the specified oscilloscope channel. the position voltage value is applied to the signal before group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 250 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual digitization. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel vertical position knob. vertical 
   
   is the position in divisions from the center graticule. the range of positions is listed in table 219. table 219: vertical position ranges using a 1x probe ch:scale position range 2 mv/div 1000 divs 5 mv/div 400 divs 10 mv/div 400 divs 20 mv/div 400 divs 50 mv/div 400 divs 100 mv/div 400 divs 200 mv/div 10 divs 500 mv/div 100 divs 1 v/div 100 divs 2 v/div 100 divs 5 v/div 10 divs group syntax arguments command descriptions 250 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual digitization. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel vertical position knob. vertical 
   
   is the position in divisions from the center graticule. the range of positions is listed in table 219. table 219: vertical position ranges using a 1x probe ch:scale position range 2 mv/div 1000 divs 5 mv/div 400 divs 10 mv/div 400 divs 20 mv/div 400 divs 50 mv/div 400 divs 100 mv/div 400 divs 200 mv/div 10 divs 500 mv/div 100 divs 1 v/div 100 divs 2 v/div 100 divs 5 v/div 10 divs group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 251    positions the channel 2 input signal 1.32 divisions above the center of the display. 
might return   , indicating that the current position of channel 1 is at -1.32 divisions. none ch:probe sets or queries the attenuation factor of the specified channel. vertical       
 sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x1 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x10 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x100 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x1000 attenuation.    sets channel 2 to x1000 attenuation. 
might return   . examples related commands group syntax arguments returns examples command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 251    positions the channel 2 input signal 1.32 divisions above the center of the display. 
might return   , indicating that the current position of channel 1 is at -1.32 divisions. none ch:probe sets or queries the attenuation factor of the specified channel. vertical       
 sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x1 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x10 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x100 attenuation.  sets the specified oscilloscope channel to x1000 attenuation.    sets channel 2 to x1000 attenuation. 
might return   . examples related commands group syntax arguments returns examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 252 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual none ch:scale sets or queries the vertical gain of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel volts/div knob. vertical       
 is the gain, in volts per division. the range is 5 v/div to 2 mv/div when using a 1x probe.     sets the channel 1 gain to 100 mv/div.  
might return   , indicating that the current v/div setting of channel 2 is 1 v/div. ch1:volts related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 252 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual none ch:scale sets or queries the vertical gain of the specified oscilloscope channel. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel volts/div knob. vertical       
 is the gain, in volts per division. the range is 5 v/div to 2 mv/div when using a 1x probe.     sets the channel 1 gain to 100 mv/div.  
might return   , indicating that the current v/div setting of channel 2 is 1 v/div. ch1:volts related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 253 ch:volts sets or queries the vertical gain of the specified channel. this command is identical to the ch:scale command and is included for compatibility purposes. only ch:scale is returned in response to a ch? query. vertical     
 is the gain, in volts per division. the range is 5 v/div to 2 mv/div when using a 1x probe.    sets the channel 1 gain to 100 mv/div. 
might return   , indicating that the current v/div setting of channel 2 is 1 v/div. ch1:scale group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 253 ch:volts sets or queries the vertical gain of the specified channel. this command is identical to the ch:scale command and is included for compatibility purposes. only ch:scale is returned in response to a ch? query. vertical     
 is the gain, in volts per division. the range is 5 v/div to 2 mv/div when using a 1x probe.    sets the channel 1 gain to 100 mv/div. 
might return   , indicating that the current v/div setting of channel 2 is 1 v/div. ch1:scale group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 254 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *cls (no query form) clears the oscilloscope status data structures. status and error  the *cls command clears the following:  the event queue  the standard event status register (sesr)  the status byte register (except the mav bit; see below) if the *cls command immediately follows a  , the output queue and mav bit (status byte register bit 4) are also cleared. mav indicates information is in the output queue. the device clear (dcl) gpib control message will clear the output queue and also mav. *cls does not clear the output queue or mav. *cls can suppress a service request that is to be generated by an *opc command. this will happen if a hardcopy output or single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed when the *cls command is executed. a complete discussion of these registers and bits, and of event handling in general, begins on page 31. none none dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 254 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *cls (no query form) clears the oscilloscope status data structures. status and error  the *cls command clears the following:  the event queue  the standard event status register (sesr)  the status byte register (except the mav bit; see below) if the *cls command immediately follows a  , the output queue and mav bit (status byte register bit 4) are also cleared. mav indicates information is in the output queue. the device clear (dcl) gpib control message will clear the output queue and also mav. *cls does not clear the output queue or mav. *cls can suppress a service request that is to be generated by an *opc command. this will happen if a hardcopy output or single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed when the *cls command is executed. a complete discussion of these registers and bits, and of event handling in general, begins on page 31. none none dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 255 cursor? (query only) returns all current oscilloscope cursor settings. cursor  ! oscilloscope cursor parameters  might return 
   
 

 
      #

 
    #  # as the current cursor settings. none cursor:function selects and displays the oscilloscope cursor type. cursors are attached to the waveform selected by  !
"
! . this command is equivalent to setting type in the cursor menu. setting the function to anything other than off causes the cursor menu to be displayed. group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 255 cursor? (query only) returns all current oscilloscope cursor settings. cursor  ! oscilloscope cursor parameters  might return 
   
 

 
      #

 
    #  # as the current cursor settings. none cursor:function selects and displays the oscilloscope cursor type. cursors are attached to the waveform selected by  !
"
! . this command is equivalent to setting type in the cursor menu. setting the function to anything other than off causes the cursor menu to be displayed. group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 256 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual note . setting the display format to xy turns cursors off. sending the cursor:function command when the display format is xy causes the oscilloscope to generate event 221 (settings conflict) and leaves the display in xy format. cursor      
        specifies horizontal bar cursors that measure the vertical units in volts, divisions, or decibels (decibels are tds2mm only).
 removes the cursors from the display.  specifies vertical bar cursors that measure time or frequency. 
   selects vertical bar type cursors. cursor:select cursor:hbars? (query only) returns the current settings for the oscilloscope horizontal bar cursors. cursor   group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 256 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual note . setting the display format to xy turns cursors off. sending the cursor:function command when the display format is xy causes the oscilloscope to generate event 221 (settings conflict) and leaves the display in xy format. cursor      
        specifies horizontal bar cursors that measure the vertical units in volts, divisions, or decibels (decibels are tds2mm only).
 removes the cursors from the display.  specifies vertical bar cursors that measure time or frequency. 
   selects vertical bar type cursors. cursor:select cursor:hbars? (query only) returns the current settings for the oscilloscope horizontal bar cursors. cursor   group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 257 current horizontal bar cursor settings.   might return    
 
  . cursor:hbars:delta? (query only) returns the difference (in vertical units) between the two horizontal bar cursors in the oscilloscope display. note . if the trigger view is active, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor   !      might return  for the difference between the two cursors. returns examples group syntax returns examples command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 257 current horizontal bar cursor settings.   might return    
 
  . cursor:hbars:delta? (query only) returns the difference (in vertical units) between the two horizontal bar cursors in the oscilloscope display. note . if the trigger view is active, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor   !      might return  for the difference between the two cursors. returns examples group syntax returns examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 258 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual cursor:hbars:position positions a horizontal bar cursor. note . if the trigger view is active, the query form returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor 

 "  

 " " specifies which cursor position, and has the value of 1 or 2.  specifies the horizontal bar cursor position, relative to ground (in volts when the units are volts), relative to the center of the screen (in divs when units are divisions), or relative to 1 v rms (in decibels when the source is an fft math waveform), for the waveform specified by the 
!
 command. the cursor position is limited to the graticule whenever an attempt is made to move it outside the graticule. note . the source always determines the measurement units. 

 # positions one of the horizontal cursors at 25.0 mv (assuming the vertical units are volts). 

 might return # # , indicating that the second horizontal bar cursor is at -64.0 mv (assuming the vertical units are volts). group syntax arguments examples command descriptions 258 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual cursor:hbars:position positions a horizontal bar cursor. note . if the trigger view is active, the query form returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor 

 "  

 " " specifies which cursor position, and has the value of 1 or 2.  specifies the horizontal bar cursor position, relative to ground (in volts when the units are volts), relative to the center of the screen (in divs when units are divisions), or relative to 1 v rms (in decibels when the source is an fft math waveform), for the waveform specified by the 
!
 command. the cursor position is limited to the graticule whenever an attempt is made to move it outside the graticule. note . the source always determines the measurement units. 

 # positions one of the horizontal cursors at 25.0 mv (assuming the vertical units are volts). 

 might return # # , indicating that the second horizontal bar cursor is at -64.0 mv (assuming the vertical units are volts). group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 259 cursor:hbars:units? (query only) returns the vertical scale units for the selected cursor source waveform. cursor     indicates volts from ground as the unit of measure.  indicates divisions as the unit of measure, with center of screen as 0 divisions and bottom of screen as -4 divisions.
 
 indicates decibels as the unit of measure, relative to a 1 v rms sine wave.   indicates the trigger view is active. this also generates event message 221, osettings conflicto.    might return     . cursor:select:source sets or queries the waveform that is the source of the vertical and horizontal scale factors used in determining cursor values. this command is equivalent to setting source in the cursor menu. cursor 
  
 group syntax returns examples group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 259 cursor:hbars:units? (query only) returns the vertical scale units for the selected cursor source waveform. cursor     indicates volts from ground as the unit of measure.  indicates divisions as the unit of measure, with center of screen as 0 divisions and bottom of screen as -4 divisions.
 
 indicates decibels as the unit of measure, relative to a 1 v rms sine wave.   indicates the trigger view is active. this also generates event message 221, osettings conflicto.    might return     . cursor:select:source sets or queries the waveform that is the source of the vertical and horizontal scale factors used in determining cursor values. this command is equivalent to setting source in the cursor menu. cursor 
  
 group syntax returns examples group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 260 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
& ! specifies the waveform data source on which cursor measurements will be taken. %#  selects channel 1. %# might return   . cursor:vbars? (query only) returns the current vertical bar cursor horizontal position and units settings. cursor "# #$   might return     '  ' arguments examples group syntax examples command descriptions 260 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
& ! specifies the waveform data source on which cursor measurements will be taken. %#  selects channel 1. %# might return   . cursor:vbars? (query only) returns the current vertical bar cursor horizontal position and units settings. cursor "# #$   might return     '  ' arguments examples group syntax examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 261 cursor:vbars:delta? (query only) returns the time or frequency difference between the two vertical bar cursors. the units (seconds or hertz) are specified by the cursor:vbars:units command. if the cursor source is an fft math waveform, cursor:vbars:delta is always in hertz, regardless of the value set by cursor:vbars:units. note . if the trigger view is active, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor  
  
might return  , indicating that the time difference between the vertical bar cursors is 0.892 seconds. cursor:vbars:units group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 261 cursor:vbars:delta? (query only) returns the time or frequency difference between the two vertical bar cursors. the units (seconds or hertz) are specified by the cursor:vbars:units command. if the cursor source is an fft math waveform, cursor:vbars:delta is always in hertz, regardless of the value set by cursor:vbars:units. note . if the trigger view is active, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor  
  
might return  , indicating that the time difference between the vertical bar cursors is 0.892 seconds. cursor:vbars:units group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 262 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual cursor:vbars:position positions a vertical bar cursor. the unit is specified by the cursor:vbars:units command, and can be in units of seconds or frequency (hertz). if the cursor source is an fft math waveform, cursor:vbars:position is always in hertz, regardless of the value set by cursor:vbars:units. note . if the trigger view is active, the query form returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor    

    

 specifies which cursor to position. correct values are 1 and 2.
 specifies the cursor position in the units specified by the cursor:vbars:units command. the position is relative to the trigger except when the cursor source is a math fft waveform. the cursor position is limited to the graticule whenever an attempt is made to move it outside the graticule.      positions the second vertical bar cursor at 9  s.     might return  , indicating the first vertical bar cursor is at 1  s. cursor:vbars:units group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 262 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual cursor:vbars:position positions a vertical bar cursor. the unit is specified by the cursor:vbars:units command, and can be in units of seconds or frequency (hertz). if the cursor source is an fft math waveform, cursor:vbars:position is always in hertz, regardless of the value set by cursor:vbars:units. note . if the trigger view is active, the query form returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). cursor    

    

 specifies which cursor to position. correct values are 1 and 2.
 specifies the cursor position in the units specified by the cursor:vbars:units command. the position is relative to the trigger except when the cursor source is a math fft waveform. the cursor position is limited to the graticule whenever an attempt is made to move it outside the graticule.      positions the second vertical bar cursor at 9  s.     might return  , indicating the first vertical bar cursor is at 1  s. cursor:vbars:units group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 263 cursor:vbars:units sets or queries the units for the vertical bar cursors. cursor  
         
   specifies units of time.   specifies units of frequency (reciprocal of time).    
   sets the units for the vertical bar cursors to seconds.    
 returns   when the vertical bar cursor units are hertz. cursor:vbars:delta?, cursor:vbars:position group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 263 cursor:vbars:units sets or queries the units for the vertical bar cursors. cursor  
         
   specifies units of time.   specifies units of frequency (reciprocal of time).    
   sets the units for the vertical bar cursors to seconds.    
 returns   when the vertical bar cursor units are hertz. cursor:vbars:delta?, cursor:vbars:position group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 264 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual curve transfers oscilloscope waveform data to and from the oscilloscope in binary or ascii format. each waveform that is transferred has an associated waveform preamble that contains information such as data format and scale. refer to the wfmpre command starting on page 2157 for information about the waveform preamble. the data format is specified by the data:encdg and data:width commands. the curve? query sends data from the oscilloscope to an external device. the data source is specified by the data:source command. the first and last data points that are transferred are specified by the data:start and data:stop commands. note . in scan mode (sec/div >=100ms and auto mode), approximately one division's worth of data points will be invalid due to the blanked moving cursor. the curve command sends waveform data from an external device to the oscilloscope. the data is stored in the stored waveform location specified by data:destination, starting with the data point specified by data:start. only one waveform can be transferred at a time. the waveform will only be displayed if the reference waveform is displayed. a description of the waveform transfer process starts on page 226, waveform commands . waveform      
      group syntax command descriptions 264 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual curve transfers oscilloscope waveform data to and from the oscilloscope in binary or ascii format. each waveform that is transferred has an associated waveform preamble that contains information such as data format and scale. refer to the wfmpre command starting on page 2157 for information about the waveform preamble. the data format is specified by the data:encdg and data:width commands. the curve? query sends data from the oscilloscope to an external device. the data source is specified by the data:source command. the first and last data points that are transferred are specified by the data:start and data:stop commands. note . in scan mode (sec/div >=100ms and auto mode), approximately one division's worth of data points will be invalid due to the blanked moving cursor. the curve command sends waveform data from an external device to the oscilloscope. the data is stored in the stored waveform location specified by data:destination, starting with the data point specified by data:start. only one waveform can be transferred at a time. the waveform will only be displayed if the reference waveform is displayed. a description of the waveform transfer process starts on page 226, waveform commands . waveform      
      group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 265 '("& is the waveform data in binary format. the waveform is formatted as: .///#!+! where . is the number of characters in . for example, if /// = 500, then . = 3, where /// is the number of bytes to transfer. see block arguments on page 212. if width is 1, then all bytes on the bus are single data points. if width is 2, then all bytes on the bus are 2-byte pairs. use the !+% command to set the width. is the curve data. !*" ",)-$ is the waveform data in ascii format. the format for ascii data is  where each  represents a data point.  might return the ascii data   222 222
2 2 2 2  2
22 2 
      data, wfmpre data sets or queries the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the curve command. since data:destination and data:target are equivalent, only data:destination is returned by the data? query. waveform ! 0  1 ! arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 265 '("& is the waveform data in binary format. the waveform is formatted as: .///#!+! where . is the number of characters in . for example, if /// = 500, then . = 3, where /// is the number of bytes to transfer. see block arguments on page 212. if width is 1, then all bytes on the bus are single data points. if width is 2, then all bytes on the bus are 2-byte pairs. use the !+% command to set the width. is the curve data. !*" ",)-$ is the waveform data in ascii format. the format for ascii data is  where each  represents a data point.  might return the ascii data   222 222
2 2 2 2  2
22 2 
      data, wfmpre data sets or queries the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the curve command. since data:destination and data:target are equivalent, only data:destination is returned by the data? query. waveform ! 0  1 ! arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 266 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults.   initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults:                might return the string             curve, wavfrm data:destination sets or queries the reference memory location for storing oscillo- scope waveform data that is transferred into the oscilloscope by the curve command. this command is identical to the data:target command. waveform  !" $!#" 
%  !" $!#" 
% is the reference memory location where the waveform will be stored. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 266 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults.   initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults:                might return the string             curve, wavfrm data:destination sets or queries the reference memory location for storing oscillo- scope waveform data that is transferred into the oscilloscope by the curve command. this command is identical to the data:target command. waveform  !" $!#" 
%  !" $!#" 
% is the reference memory location where the waveform will be stored. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 267 

  stores incoming waveform data into reference memory refa. 

 might return   as the waveform location that is currently selected. curve?, data:target data:encdg sets or queries the format of the waveform data. this command is equivalent to setting wfmpre:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, and wfmpre:byt_or as shown in table 220. setting the data:encdg value causes the corresponding wfmpre values to be updated and vice versa. waveform    
  
     
       
 specifies the ascii representation of signed integer ( 
 ) data. if this is the value at power-on, the wfmpre values for bn_fmt, byt_or, and encdg are set as rp, msb, and asc respectively. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 267 

  stores incoming waveform data into reference memory refa. 

 might return   as the waveform location that is currently selected. curve?, data:target data:encdg sets or queries the format of the waveform data. this command is equivalent to setting wfmpre:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, and wfmpre:byt_or as shown in table 220. setting the data:encdg value causes the corresponding wfmpre values to be updated and vice versa. waveform    
  
     
       
 specifies the ascii representation of signed integer ( 
 ) data. if this is the value at power-on, the wfmpre values for bn_fmt, byt_or, and encdg are set as rp, msb, and asc respectively. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 268 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
  specifies signed integer data-point representation with the most significant byte transferred first. this format results in the fastest data transfer rate when data:width is set to 2. the range is -128 to 127 when data:width is 1. zero is center screen. the range is -32768 to 32767 when data:width is 2. the upper limit is one division above the top of the screen and the lower limit is one division below the bottom of the screen.
  specifies positive integer data-point representation with the most significant byte transferred first. the range is 0 to 255 when data:width is 1. center screen is 127. the range is 0 to 65,535 when data:width is 2. the upper limit is one division above the top of the screen and the lower limit is one division below the bottom of the screen.
   is the same as
  except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. this format is useful when transferring data to ibm compatible pcs.
  is the same as
  except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. this format is useful when transferring data to ibm compatible pcs. table 220: data and wfmpre parameter settings data n g e i g wfmpre settings data :e n cd g s e tt i n g :encdg :bn_fmt :byt_or      
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
  command descriptions 268 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
  specifies signed integer data-point representation with the most significant byte transferred first. this format results in the fastest data transfer rate when data:width is set to 2. the range is -128 to 127 when data:width is 1. zero is center screen. the range is -32768 to 32767 when data:width is 2. the upper limit is one division above the top of the screen and the lower limit is one division below the bottom of the screen.
  specifies positive integer data-point representation with the most significant byte transferred first. the range is 0 to 255 when data:width is 1. center screen is 127. the range is 0 to 65,535 when data:width is 2. the upper limit is one division above the top of the screen and the lower limit is one division below the bottom of the screen.
   is the same as
  except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. this format is useful when transferring data to ibm compatible pcs.
  is the same as
  except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. this format is useful when transferring data to ibm compatible pcs. table 220: data and wfmpre parameter settings data n g e i g wfmpre settings data :e n cd g s e tt i n g :encdg :bn_fmt :byt_or      
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
  free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 269 
   sets the data encoding format to be positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. 
  might return   for the format of the waveform data. wfmpre:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:byt_or data:source sets or queries which waveform will be transferred from the instrument by the curve?, wfmpre?, or wavfrm? queries. you can transfer only one waveform at a time. waveform     is the location of the waveform data that will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the external device. allowable values are ch, math, and ref. 

 specifies that reference waveform refb will be transferred in the next curve? query. 
 might return 
 , indicating the source for the waveform data that is transferred using curve?. curve?, wfmpre?, wavfrm? examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 269 
   sets the data encoding format to be positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. 
  might return   for the format of the waveform data. wfmpre:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:byt_or data:source sets or queries which waveform will be transferred from the instrument by the curve?, wfmpre?, or wavfrm? queries. you can transfer only one waveform at a time. waveform     is the location of the waveform data that will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the external device. allowable values are ch, math, and ref. 

 specifies that reference waveform refb will be transferred in the next curve? query. 
 might return 
 , indicating the source for the waveform data that is transferred using curve?. curve?, wfmpre?, wavfrm? examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 270 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:start sets or queries the starting data point for waveform data transfers. this command lets you transfer partial waveforms to and from the oscilloscope. waveform

  

   is an integer value that ranges from 1 to 2500, and specifies the first data point that will be transferred. data is transferred from   to data:stop or 2500, whichever is less. when data:stop is less than data:start, the values are swapped internally for curve?.


  specifies that the waveform transfer will begin with data point 10.


 might return  as the first waveform data point that will be transferred. curve?, data:stop group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 270 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:start sets or queries the starting data point for waveform data transfers. this command lets you transfer partial waveforms to and from the oscilloscope. waveform

  

   is an integer value that ranges from 1 to 2500, and specifies the first data point that will be transferred. data is transferred from   to data:stop or 2500, whichever is less. when data:stop is less than data:start, the values are swapped internally for curve?.


  specifies that the waveform transfer will begin with data point 10.


 might return  as the first waveform data point that will be transferred. curve?, data:stop group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 271 data:stop sets or queries the last data point in the waveform that will be transferred when executing the curve? command. this lets you transfer partial waveforms from the oscilloscope. when using the curve command, the oscilloscope stops reading data when there is no more data to read or when the 2500 data point limit is reached. waveform    
  is an integer value that ranges from 1 to 2500, and specifies the last data point that will be transferred. when data:stop is less than data:start, the values are swapped internally for curve?. if you always want to transfer complete waveforms, set data:start to 1 and data:stop to 2500.    specifies that the waveform transfer will stop at data point 150.  
might return  as the last data point that will be transferred. curve?, data start group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 271 data:stop sets or queries the last data point in the waveform that will be transferred when executing the curve? command. this lets you transfer partial waveforms from the oscilloscope. when using the curve command, the oscilloscope stops reading data when there is no more data to read or when the 2500 data point limit is reached. waveform    
  is an integer value that ranges from 1 to 2500, and specifies the last data point that will be transferred. when data:stop is less than data:start, the values are swapped internally for curve?. if you always want to transfer complete waveforms, set data:start to 1 and data:stop to 2500.    specifies that the waveform transfer will stop at data point 150.  
might return  as the last data point that will be transferred. curve?, data start group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 272 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:target sets or queries the location for storing waveform data transferred from an external device to the oscilloscope when executing the curve command. this command is equivalent to the data:des- tination command and is included here for compatibility with older tektronix instruments. waveform    
    
 specifies the waveform storage location.    
 stores incoming waveform data into the ref a storage area     might return
 as the waveform location that is currently selected.
  none curve, data:destination group syntax arguments examples arguments examples related commands command descriptions 272 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:target sets or queries the location for storing waveform data transferred from an external device to the oscilloscope when executing the curve command. this command is equivalent to the data:des- tination command and is included here for compatibility with older tektronix instruments. waveform    
    
 specifies the waveform storage location.    
 stores incoming waveform data into the ref a storage area     might return
 as the waveform location that is currently selected.
  none curve, data:destination group syntax arguments examples arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 273 data:width sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to be transferred when executing the curve command. (changing data:width may change the following wfmpre parameters: bit_nr, byt_nr, ymult, yoff, and yzero.) waveform    
    
 = 1 sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to 1 byte (8 bits). 
 = 2 sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to 2 bytes (16 bits). if data:width is set to 2, the least significant byte is always zero.     sets the data width to 1 byte per data point for curve data. curve, wfmpre:bit_nr, wfmpre:byt_nr *ddt lets you specify a command or a list of commands to execute when the instrument receives a *trg command or the get gpib interface message. this is a special alias that *trg uses. miscellaneous group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 273 data:width sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to be transferred when executing the curve command. (changing data:width may change the following wfmpre parameters: bit_nr, byt_nr, ymult, yoff, and yzero.) waveform    
    
 = 1 sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to 1 byte (8 bits). 
 = 2 sets the number of bytes per waveform data point to 2 bytes (16 bits). if data:width is set to 2, the least significant byte is always zero.     sets the data width to 1 byte per data point for curve data. curve, wfmpre:bit_nr, wfmpre:byt_nr *ddt lets you specify a command or a list of commands to execute when the instrument receives a *trg command or the get gpib interface message. this is a special alias that *trg uses. miscellaneous group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 274 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  !   "   # 
  or   is a complete sequence of program messages. the messages must contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands (see page 26). the sequence must be 80 characters.   format is always returned as a query response.      specifies that the acquisition system will be started each time a *trg command is sent. *trg dese sets and queries the bits in the device event status enable register (deser). the deser is the mask that determines whether or not events are reported to the standard event status register (sesr), and entered into the event queue. for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error   
syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 274 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  !   "   # 
  or   is a complete sequence of program messages. the messages must contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands (see page 26). the sequence must be 80 characters.   format is always returned as a query response.      specifies that the acquisition system will be started each time a *trg command is sent. *trg dese sets and queries the bits in the device event status enable register (deser). the deser is the mask that determines whether or not events are reported to the standard event status register (sesr), and entered into the event queue. for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error   
syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 275
 is an integer value in the range from 0 to 255. the binary bits of deser are set according to this value. for example,   sets the deser to the binary value 11010001 (that is, the most significant bit in the register is set to 1, the next most significant bit to 1, the next bit to 0, and so on). the power-on default for deser is all bits set to 1 if  is 1. if  is 0, the deser maintains its value through a power cycle. note . setting deser and eser to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the event queue and summarized on the esb bit (bit 5) of the status byte register. use the  command to set eser. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31.   sets the deser to binary 11010001, which enables the pon, urq, exe, and opc bits.  might return the string   , showing that deser contains the binary value 10111010. *cls, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? diag:result:flag? (query only) returns the pass/fail status from the last diagnostic test sequence execution. use the diag:result:log? query to determine which test(s) has failed. calibration and diagnostic      arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 275
 is an integer value in the range from 0 to 255. the binary bits of deser are set according to this value. for example,   sets the deser to the binary value 11010001 (that is, the most significant bit in the register is set to 1, the next most significant bit to 1, the next bit to 0, and so on). the power-on default for deser is all bits set to 1 if  is 1. if  is 0, the deser maintains its value through a power cycle. note . setting deser and eser to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the event queue and summarized on the esb bit (bit 5) of the status byte register. use the  command to set eser. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31.   sets the deser to binary 11010001, which enables the pon, urq, exe, and opc bits.  might return the string   , showing that deser contains the binary value 10111010. *cls, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? diag:result:flag? (query only) returns the pass/fail status from the last diagnostic test sequence execution. use the diag:result:log? query to determine which test(s) has failed. calibration and diagnostic      arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 276 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 means that the oscilloscope passes all diagnostic tests. 
# means that the oscilloscope has failed at least one of the diagnostic tests. 
 
 returns either 
 or 
# . diag:result:log? diag:result:log? (query only) returns the internal results log from the last diagnostic test sequence execution. the list contains all modules and module interfaces that were tested along with the pass/fail status of each. calibration and diagnostic 
! #* *("%! in the following format: **+)&+# %$ **+)&+# %$  
  might return ')),,  ')),,
 ')),,   for power-up diagnostics. diag:result:flag? returns examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 276 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 means that the oscilloscope passes all diagnostic tests. 
# means that the oscilloscope has failed at least one of the diagnostic tests. 
 
 returns either 
 or 
# . diag:result:log? diag:result:log? (query only) returns the internal results log from the last diagnostic test sequence execution. the list contains all modules and module interfaces that were tested along with the pass/fail status of each. calibration and diagnostic 
! #* *("%! in the following format: **+)&+# %$ **+)&+# %$  
  might return ')),,  ')),,
 ')),,   for power-up diagnostics. diag:result:flag? returns examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 277 display? (query only) returns the current display settings. display  the current display settings 
 might return  

        
  none display:contrast sets or queries the contrast of the lcd display. this command is equivalent to setting contrast in the display menu. display       is an integer in the range from 1 through 100. the larger the value, the greater the screen contrast. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 277 display? (query only) returns the current display settings. display  the current display settings 
 might return  

        
  none display:contrast sets or queries the contrast of the lcd display. this command is equivalent to setting contrast in the display menu. display       is an integer in the range from 1 through 100. the larger the value, the greater the screen contrast. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 278 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual      sets the display contrast to 63. none display:format sets or queries the oscilloscope display format. this command is equivalent to setting format in the display menu. display  
       
  displays the voltage of channel 1 (horizontal axis) against the voltage of channel 2 (vertical axis). note . setting the display format to xy turns cursors off. sending the cursor:function command when the display format is xy causes the oscilloscope to generate event 221 (settings conflict) and leaves the display in xy format.  sets the display to vertical values versus time format and is the normal mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 278 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual      sets the display contrast to 63. none display:format sets or queries the oscilloscope display format. this command is equivalent to setting format in the display menu. display  
       
  displays the voltage of channel 1 (horizontal axis) against the voltage of channel 2 (vertical axis). note . setting the display format to xy turns cursors off. sending the cursor:function command when the display format is xy causes the oscilloscope to generate event 221 (settings conflict) and leaves the display in xy format.  sets the display to vertical values versus time format and is the normal mode. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 279
     selects a voltage versus time format for the display.
    might return  for the display format. none display:persistence sets the length of time that data points are displayed. display
!   "###  # $
!   ## specifies the length, in seconds, that the waveform points are displayed on the screen.  specifies infinite persistence.  specifies that persistence is turned off.  means that the persistence is turned off.  or  means that the persistence is set to two or five seconds.  means that the persistence is set to infinite. examples related commands group syntax arguments returns command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 279
     selects a voltage versus time format for the display.
    might return  for the display format. none display:persistence sets the length of time that data points are displayed. display
!   "###  # $
!   ## specifies the length, in seconds, that the waveform points are displayed on the screen.  specifies infinite persistence.  specifies that persistence is turned off.  means that the persistence is turned off.  or  means that the persistence is set to two or five seconds.  means that the persistence is set to infinite. examples related commands group syntax arguments returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 280 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
     specifies that the waveform points are displayed on the screen for five seconds before they fade. display:style display:style selects how to display the waveform data. this command is equivalent to setting type in the display menu. display            displays individual data points.  connects adjacent data points.  

  sets the display to connect adjacent data points.  

 might return   indicating that the display shows individual waveform data points. display:persistence examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 280 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
     specifies that the waveform points are displayed on the screen for five seconds before they fade. display:style display:style selects how to display the waveform data. this command is equivalent to setting type in the display menu. display            displays individual data points.  connects adjacent data points.  

  sets the display to connect adjacent data points.  

 might return   indicating that the display shows individual waveform data points. display:persistence examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 281 errlog:first? (query only) returns the first entry in the error log, or an empty string if the error log is empty. use this command along with errlog:next? to retrieve error log messages. calibration and diagnostic 
 
 refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope service manual for information about error log message format. errlog:next? errlog:next? (query only) returns the next entry in the error log, or an empty string if the error log is empty or you have reached the end of the log. to start at the top of the error log, run the errlog:first? query to return the first error log message. then use the errlog:next? query to step through the error log. calibration and diagnostic 
   group syntax returns related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 281 errlog:first? (query only) returns the first entry in the error log, or an empty string if the error log is empty. use this command along with errlog:next? to retrieve error log messages. calibration and diagnostic 
 
 refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope service manual for information about error log message format. errlog:next? errlog:next? (query only) returns the next entry in the error log, or an empty string if the error log is empty or you have reached the end of the log. to start at the top of the error log, run the errlog:first? query to return the first error log message. then use the errlog:next? query to step through the error log. calibration and diagnostic 
   group syntax returns related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 282 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope service manual for information about error log message format. errlog:first? *ese sets and queries the bits in the event status enable register (eser). the eser prevents events from being reported to the status byte register (stb). for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error  
   
 is a value in the range from 0 through 255. the binary bits of the eser are set according to this value. the power-on default for eser is 0 if   is 1. if   is 0, the eser maintains its value through a power cycle. note . setting the deser and the eser to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the event queue and summarized on the esb bit (bit 5) of the status byte register. use the  command to set the deser. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31. returns related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 282 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual refer to the tds 200-series digital real-time oscilloscope service manual for information about error log message format. errlog:first? *ese sets and queries the bits in the event status enable register (eser). the eser prevents events from being reported to the status byte register (stb). for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error  
   
 is a value in the range from 0 through 255. the binary bits of the eser are set according to this value. the power-on default for eser is 0 if   is 1. if   is 0, the eser maintains its value through a power cycle. note . setting the deser and the eser to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the event queue and summarized on the esb bit (bit 5) of the status byte register. use the  command to set the deser. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31. returns related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 283   sets the eser to binary 11010001, which enables the pon, urq, exe, and opc bits. 
might return the string   , showing that the eser contains the binary value 10111010. *cls, dese, *esr?, event?, evmsg? *sre, *stb? *esr? (query only) returns the contents of the standard event status register (sesr). *esr? also clears the sesr (since reading the sesr clears it). for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers see page 31. status and error 
contents of the standard event status register. 
might return the value  , showing that the sesr contains binary 11010101. allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 283   sets the eser to binary 11010001, which enables the pon, urq, exe, and opc bits. 
might return the string   , showing that the eser contains the binary value 10111010. *cls, dese, *esr?, event?, evmsg? *sre, *stb? *esr? (query only) returns the contents of the standard event status register (sesr). *esr? also clears the sesr (since reading the sesr clears it). for a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers see page 31. status and error 
contents of the standard event status register. 
might return the value  , showing that the sesr contains binary 11010101. allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, event?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 284 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual event? (query only) returns from the event queue an event code that provides information about the results of the last *esr? read. event? also removes the returned value from the event queue. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31. status and error  
 event code 
  
 might return the response  
 , showing that there was an error in a command header. allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? evmsg? (query only) removes from the event queue a single event code associated with the results of the last *esr? read, and returns the event code along with an explanatory message. a more detailed discussion of event handling begins on page 31. status and error   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 284 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual event? (query only) returns from the event queue an event code that provides information about the results of the last *esr? read. event? also removes the returned value from the event queue. a discussion of event handling begins on page 31. status and error  
 event code 
  
 might return the response  
 , showing that there was an error in a command header. allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, evmsg?, *sre, *stb? evmsg? (query only) removes from the event queue a single event code associated with the results of the last *esr? read, and returns the event code along with an explanatory message. a more detailed discussion of event handling begins on page 31. status and error   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 285 the event code and message in the following format: $#   #!  $#   #!  #! 
""    where  is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. as much of the command as possible is returned without exceeding the 60 character limit of the "" and  strings combined. the command string is right-justified.  might return the message    ! !! ! . allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, *sre, *stb? evqty? (query only) returns the number of event codes that are in the event queue. this is useful when using allev? since it lets you know exactly how many events will be returned. status and error #%  returns examples related commands group syntax returns command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 285 the event code and message in the following format: $#   #!  $#   #!  #! 
""    where  is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. as much of the command as possible is returned without exceeding the 60 character limit of the "" and  strings combined. the command string is right-justified.  might return the message    ! !! ! . allev?, *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, *sre, *stb? evqty? (query only) returns the number of event codes that are in the event queue. this is useful when using allev? since it lets you know exactly how many events will be returned. status and error #%  returns examples related commands group syntax returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 286 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
 might return  as the number of event codes in the event queue. allev?, event?, evmsg? factory (no query form) resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings. refer to appendix b for a list of the factory default settings. miscellaneous   setting the oscilloscope to factory default has the following impact on the programming interface:  clears the event status enable register  clears the service request enable register  sets the device event status enable register to 255  sets the power on status clear flag to true  enables all command headers (header on)  sets the macro defined by *ddt to a azero-length fieldo  clears the pending operation flag and associated operations  performs the equivalent of data init examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 286 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  
 might return  as the number of event codes in the event queue. allev?, event?, evmsg? factory (no query form) resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings. refer to appendix b for a list of the factory default settings. miscellaneous   setting the oscilloscope to factory default has the following impact on the programming interface:  clears the event status enable register  clears the service request enable register  sets the device event status enable register to 255  sets the power on status clear flag to true  enables all command headers (header on)  sets the macro defined by *ddt to a azero-length fieldo  clears the pending operation flag and associated operations  performs the equivalent of data init examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 287 the factory command does not alter the following:  the state of the rs-232 or gpib interface  the selected gpib address  calibration data that affects device specifications  stored settings  stored waveforms or data  hard copy parameters  display messages language selection  front panel lock state  verbose state none see appendix b: factory setup . *psc, *rcl, recall:setup, *rst, *sav, save:setup arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 287 the factory command does not alter the following:  the state of the rs-232 or gpib interface  the selected gpib address  calibration data that affects device specifications  stored settings  stored waveforms or data  hard copy parameters  display messages language selection  front panel lock state  verbose state none see appendix b: factory setup . *psc, *rcl, recall:setup, *rst, *sav, save:setup arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 288 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual hardcopy sends a copy of the screen display followed by an eoi to the port specified by hardcopy:port. the format and layout of the output is specified with the hardcopy:format and hardcopy:layout commands. this command is equivalent to pressing the front-panel hardcopy button. hardcopy? returns format, layout, and port information. note . this command is not ieee std 488.2-1987 compatible. hard copy      
       terminates the hard copy output in process. note . dcl does not clear the output queue once a hard copy is in process. the only way to abort the hard copy process is to send the hardcopy abort command. the output queue can then be cleared by sending a dcl message.
  initiates a screen copy that is sent to the port specified by the hardcopy:port command. note . use the *wai command between hardcopy start commands to ensure that the first hard copy is complete before starting another. group syntax arguments command descriptions 288 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual hardcopy sends a copy of the screen display followed by an eoi to the port specified by hardcopy:port. the format and layout of the output is specified with the hardcopy:format and hardcopy:layout commands. this command is equivalent to pressing the front-panel hardcopy button. hardcopy? returns format, layout, and port information. note . this command is not ieee std 488.2-1987 compatible. hard copy      
       terminates the hard copy output in process. note . dcl does not clear the output queue once a hard copy is in process. the only way to abort the hard copy process is to send the hardcopy abort command. the output queue can then be cleared by sending a dcl message.
  initiates a screen copy that is sent to the port specified by the hardcopy:port command. note . use the *wai command between hardcopy start commands to ensure that the first hard copy is complete before starting another. group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 289 
  stops any hard copy output that is in process. *wai hardcopy:format sets the hard copy output data format. this command is the same as setting format in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy 
"#% $ &  '
$ ' ! '  $ ' ! $ '   '  '    '
 '
 ( 
"#% $  sets the hard copy output data to microsoft windows bitmap format.
$ sets the hard copy output data to high-resolution printer format. ! sets the hard copy output data to 9-pin or 24-pin dot matrix printer format.  $ sets the hard copy output data to laser printer format. ! $ sets the hard copy output data to inkjet printer format.   sets the hard copy output data to dos paintbrush format.  sets the hard copy output data to postscript format.    sets the hard copy output data to interleaf file format. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 289 
  stops any hard copy output that is in process. *wai hardcopy:format sets the hard copy output data format. this command is the same as setting format in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy 
"#% $ &  '
$ ' ! '  $ ' ! $ '   '  '    '
 '
 ( 
"#% $  sets the hard copy output data to microsoft windows bitmap format.
$ sets the hard copy output data to high-resolution printer format. ! sets the hard copy output data to 9-pin or 24-pin dot matrix printer format.  $ sets the hard copy output data to laser printer format. ! $ sets the hard copy output data to inkjet printer format.   sets the hard copy output data to dos paintbrush format.  sets the hard copy output data to postscript format.    sets the hard copy output data to interleaf file format. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 290 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    sets the hard copy output data to seiko dpu411 or dpu412 printer format.    
! sets the hard copy output format to laserjet.    might return
 as the hard copy output format. none hardcopy:layout selects the printing orientation. this command is equivalent to setting layout in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy  #"! $   % ! &  #"!   specifies that the bottom of the hard copy is along the long side of the page. ! specifies that the bottom of the hard copy is along the short side of the page. this is the standard format.   might return   as the page layout format of the hard copy output. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions 290 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    sets the hard copy output data to seiko dpu411 or dpu412 printer format.    
! sets the hard copy output format to laserjet.    might return
 as the hard copy output format. none hardcopy:layout selects the printing orientation. this command is equivalent to setting layout in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy  #"! $   % ! &  #"!   specifies that the bottom of the hard copy is along the long side of the page. ! specifies that the bottom of the hard copy is along the short side of the page. this is the standard format.   might return   as the page layout format of the hard copy output. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 291 none hardcopy:port selects where to send the hard copy data when the oscilloscope receives the next hardcopy start command. this command is equivalent to setting port in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy    
        
 specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the centronics port.  specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the rs232 port.   specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the gpib port.   might return  as the selected hard copy output port. hardcopy hdr this command is identical to the header query and is included for compatibility with older tektronix instruments. miscellaneous related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 291 none hardcopy:port selects where to send the hard copy data when the oscilloscope receives the next hardcopy start command. this command is equivalent to setting port in the utility  options  hard copy setup menu. hard copy    
        
 specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the centronics port.  specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the rs232 port.   specifies that the hard copy data is sent out the gpib port.   might return  as the selected hard copy output port. hardcopy hdr this command is identical to the header query and is included for compatibility with older tektronix instruments. miscellaneous related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 292 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
      
      refer to descriptions in the header command. none header header sets and queries the response header enable state that causes the oscilloscope to either include or omit headers on query responses. this command does not affect ieee std 488.2-1987 common commands (those starting with an asterisk); they never return headers. miscellaneous
      
 or    0 sets the response header enable state to true. this causes the oscilloscope to include headers on applicable query responses. you can then use the query response as a command. or   = 0 sets the response header enable state to false. this causes the oscilloscope to omit headers on query responses so that only the argument is returned. syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 292 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
      
      refer to descriptions in the header command. none header header sets and queries the response header enable state that causes the oscilloscope to either include or omit headers on query responses. this command does not affect ieee std 488.2-1987 common commands (those starting with an asterisk); they never return headers. miscellaneous
      
 or    0 sets the response header enable state to true. this causes the oscilloscope to include headers on applicable query responses. you can then use the query response as a command. or   = 0 sets the response header enable state to false. this causes the oscilloscope to omit headers on query responses so that only the argument is returned. syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 293    causes the oscilloscope to omit headers from query responses.  
might return the value  , showing that the response header enable state is true. verbose horizontal? (query only) returns all settings for the horizontal commands. the commands horizontal:main:scale, horizontal:main:secdiv, horizon- tal:scale, and horizontal:secdiv are equivalent, so horizon- tal:main:scale is the value that is returned. the commands horizontal:main:position and horizontal:posi- tion are equivalent, so horizontal:main:position is the value that is returned. horizontal  %#"$!
returns all horizontal settings  
might return the string              & &        & none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 293    causes the oscilloscope to omit headers from query responses.  
might return the value  , showing that the response header enable state is true. verbose horizontal? (query only) returns all settings for the horizontal commands. the commands horizontal:main:scale, horizontal:main:secdiv, horizon- tal:scale, and horizontal:secdiv are equivalent, so horizon- tal:main:scale is the value that is returned. the commands horizontal:main:position and horizontal:posi- tion are equivalent, so horizontal:main:position is the value that is returned. horizontal  %#"$!
returns all horizontal settings  
might return the string              & &        & none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 294 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual horizontal:delay? (query only) returns all settings for the window time base. the commands horizontal:delay:secdiv and horizontal:delay:scale are equivalent, so only the values for horizontal:delay:scale are returned. horizontal " ! all settings for the window time base    might return       # . horizontal:delay:position sets or queries the window time base horizontal position. this command is equivalent to adjusting the horizontal position when window zone or window is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal " !  
" !  
is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule. group syntax returns examples group syntax arguments command descriptions 294 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual horizontal:delay? (query only) returns all settings for the window time base. the commands horizontal:delay:secdiv and horizontal:delay:scale are equivalent, so only the values for horizontal:delay:scale are returned. horizontal " ! all settings for the window time base    might return       # . horizontal:delay:position sets or queries the window time base horizontal position. this command is equivalent to adjusting the horizontal position when window zone or window is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal " !  
" !  
is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule. group syntax returns examples group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 295     "! % sets the window position to 2  s before the center graticule.     "! might return %% , indicating that the window position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:secdiv horizontal:delay:scale sets the time per division for the oscilloscope window time base. this command is equivalent to setting sec/div when window zone or window is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal $! " #  
 $! " #  
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. if the window time base scale is set slower than the main time base scale, both the main and window time base scales are set to the window scale value.       % sets the window scale to 2  s per division.       % sets the window scale to 10  s per division. since 9  s is not a correct value within the 1-2.5-5 sequence, it is automatically set to the closest correct value. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 295     "! % sets the window position to 2  s before the center graticule.     "! might return %% , indicating that the window position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:secdiv horizontal:delay:scale sets the time per division for the oscilloscope window time base. this command is equivalent to setting sec/div when window zone or window is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal $! " #  
 $! " #  
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. if the window time base scale is set slower than the main time base scale, both the main and window time base scales are set to the window scale value.       % sets the window scale to 2  s per division.       % sets the window scale to 10  s per division. since 9  s is not a correct value within the 1-2.5-5 sequence, it is automatically set to the closest correct value. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 296 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 

 might return  " , indicating that the window scale is 1 ms per division. horizontal:delay:secdiv horizontal:delay:secdiv this command is identical to the horizontal:delay:scale command. it is provided to maintain program compatibility with some older models of tektronix oscilloscopes. horizontal !     !    same as horizontal:delay:scale same as horizontal:delay:scale horizontal:delay:scale related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 296 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 

 might return  " , indicating that the window scale is 1 ms per division. horizontal:delay:secdiv horizontal:delay:secdiv this command is identical to the horizontal:delay:scale command. it is provided to maintain program compatibility with some older models of tektronix oscilloscopes. horizontal !     !    same as horizontal:delay:scale same as horizontal:delay:scale horizontal:delay:scale related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 297 horizontal:main? (query only) returns all settings for the oscilloscope main time base. the commands horizontal:main:secdiv and horizontal:main:scale are identical so only horizontal:main:scale is returned. horizontal    all settings for the main time base.    might return      ! . horizontal:scale, horizontal:secdiv, horizontal:main:secdiv horizontal:main:position sets or queries the main time base horizontal position. this command is equivalent to adjusting the horizontal position when main is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal    
   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 297 horizontal:main? (query only) returns all settings for the oscilloscope main time base. the commands horizontal:main:secdiv and horizontal:main:scale are identical so only horizontal:main:scale is returned. horizontal    all settings for the main time base.    might return      ! . horizontal:scale, horizontal:secdiv, horizontal:main:secdiv horizontal:main:position sets or queries the main time base horizontal position. this command is equivalent to adjusting the horizontal position when main is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal    
   group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 298 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
 is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule.     !  # sets the main trigger position to 2  s before the center graticule.     !  might return ## , indicating that the main trigger position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:position horizontal:main:scale sets the time per division for the main time base. this command is equivalent to setting sec/div when main is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal " !    
 " !    
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence.       # sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions 298 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
 is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule.     !  # sets the main trigger position to 2  s before the center graticule.     !  might return ## , indicating that the main trigger position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:position horizontal:main:scale sets the time per division for the main time base. this command is equivalent to setting sec/div when main is selected from the horizontal menu. horizontal " !    
 " !    
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence.       # sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 299 horizontal:delay:scale, horizontal:delay:secdiv, horizon- tal:main:secdiv horizontal:main:secdiv sets the time per division for the oscilloscope main time base. this command is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is provided to maintain program compatibility with some older models of tektronix oscilloscopes. horizontal         
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. values that are not in a 1-2.5-5 sequence are set to the closest valid value.      ! sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:delay:scale, horizontal:delay:secdiv, horizon- tal:main:scale related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 299 horizontal:delay:scale, horizontal:delay:secdiv, horizon- tal:main:secdiv horizontal:main:secdiv sets the time per division for the oscilloscope main time base. this command is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is provided to maintain program compatibility with some older models of tektronix oscilloscopes. horizontal         
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. values that are not in a 1-2.5-5 sequence are set to the closest valid value.      ! sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:delay:scale, horizontal:delay:secdiv, horizon- tal:main:scale related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2100 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual horizontal:position sets or queries the main time base horizontal position. this command is identical to the horizontal:main:position command. this command is included for compatibility. horizontal  
 
is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule.     sets the main trigger position to 2  s before the center graticule.   might return   , indicating that the main trigger position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:position, horizontal:main:position group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2100 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual horizontal:position sets or queries the main time base horizontal position. this command is identical to the horizontal:main:position command. this command is included for compatibility. horizontal  
 
is the position in seconds. this value is the difference between the trigger point and the center graticule. positive values place the trigger before the center graticule.     sets the main trigger position to 2  s before the center graticule.   might return   , indicating that the main trigger position is 1 ms after the center graticule. horizontal:delay:position, horizontal:main:position group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2101 horizontal:recordlength? (query only) returns the number of acquisition data points. for tds 200-series oscilloscopes this value is always 2500. this command is provided to maintain program compatibility with other tds-series oscilloscopes. horizontal
  2500
     returns 2500 as the number of data points in each record. wfmpre:nr_pt?, wfmpre::nr_pt? horizontal:scale sets the time per division for the main time base and is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is included for compati- bility purposes. horizontal
  
   is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2101 horizontal:recordlength? (query only) returns the number of acquisition data points. for tds 200-series oscilloscopes this value is always 2500. this command is provided to maintain program compatibility with other tds-series oscilloscopes. horizontal
  2500
     returns 2500 as the number of data points in each record. wfmpre:nr_pt?, wfmpre::nr_pt? horizontal:scale sets the time per division for the main time base and is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is included for compati- bility purposes. horizontal
  
   is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2102 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual      sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:main:scale horizontal:secdiv sets the time per division for the main time base and is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is included for compati- bility purposes. horizontal     
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence.      sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:main:scale examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2102 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual      sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:main:scale horizontal:secdiv sets the time per division for the main time base and is identical to the horizontal:main:scale command. it is included for compati- bility purposes. horizontal     
 is the time per division. the range is 5 ns to 5 s in a 1-2.5-5 sequence.      sets the main scale to 2.5  s per division. horizontal:main:scale examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2103 horizontal:view specifies whether the horizontal display uses the main, window zone, or window view. this is equivalent to setting the view in the horizontal menu. horizontal   
         
 specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the main time base.   specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the window (delay) time base.   specifies that the portion of the waveform that is within the vertical cursor bars is acquired through the window (delay) time base.    
 specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the main time base. group syntax arguments examples command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2103 horizontal:view specifies whether the horizontal display uses the main, window zone, or window view. this is equivalent to setting the view in the horizontal menu. horizontal   
         
 specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the main time base.   specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the window (delay) time base.   specifies that the portion of the waveform that is within the vertical cursor bars is acquired through the window (delay) time base.    
 specifies that the waveform is horizontally scaled relative to the main time base. group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2104 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual id? (query only) returns identifying information about the instrument and its firmware in tektronix codes and formats notation. note . id? must be the last command when it is part of a concate- nated statement. otherwise the oscilloscope generates event message 440. status and events  the instrument identification in the following format: 
!# "'!%     (
#& #&#$ %!)% (%&#" "'!%   (
!#'  %!)% (%&#" "'!% where xx is oscilloscope model and yy is the module type (cm for communications module or mm for measurement module). the *idn? and id? responses are slightly different.  might return the response       (    ( *idn? group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2104 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual id? (query only) returns identifying information about the instrument and its firmware in tektronix codes and formats notation. note . id? must be the last command when it is part of a concate- nated statement. otherwise the oscilloscope generates event message 440. status and events  the instrument identification in the following format: 
!# "'!%     (
#& #&#$ %!)% (%&#" "'!%   (
!#'  %!)% (%&#" "'!% where xx is oscilloscope model and yy is the module type (cm for communications module or mm for measurement module). the *idn? and id? responses are slightly different.  might return the response       (    ( *idn? group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2105 *idn? (query only) returns the oscilloscope identification code in ieee 488.2 notation. note . idn? must be the last command when it is part of a concatenated statement. otherwise the oscilloscope generates event message 440. status and events  the instrument identification in the following format: 
$& # %*$ (      +
&)"##&)&' !"($,( + ()"&% %*$ (   +
$&*# !"($,( + ()"&% %*$ ( where xx is oscilloscope model and yy is the module type (cm for communications module or mm for measurement module). the *idn? and id? responses are slightly different.  might return the response       +    + id? group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2105 *idn? (query only) returns the oscilloscope identification code in ieee 488.2 notation. note . idn? must be the last command when it is part of a concatenated statement. otherwise the oscilloscope generates event message 440. status and events  the instrument identification in the following format: 
$& # %*$ (      +
&)"##&)&' !"($,( + ()"&% %*$ (   +
$&*# !"($,( + ()"&% %*$ ( where xx is oscilloscope model and yy is the module type (cm for communications module or mm for measurement module). the *idn? and id? responses are slightly different.  might return the response       +    + id? group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2106 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual language sets or queries the languages that the oscilloscope uses to display information on the screen. this is equivalent to the language selection in the utility menu. miscellaneous  ! "    #   #   #   # ! #   #  #
 #   #   $  ! the argument specifies which language will be used to display oscilloscope information on the screen.  !   specifies that the oscilloscope display information in french.  ! might return   . none group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2106 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual language sets or queries the languages that the oscilloscope uses to display information on the screen. this is equivalent to the language selection in the utility menu. miscellaneous  ! "    #   #   #   # ! #   #  #
 #   #   $  ! the argument specifies which language will be used to display oscilloscope information on the screen.  !   specifies that the oscilloscope display information in french.  ! might return   . none group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2107 lock enables and disables all front-panel buttons and knobs. there is no front-panel equivalent. miscellaneous     
     disables all front-panel controls.  
enables all front-panel controls. this is equivalent to the unlock all command.    locks the front-panel controls.   returns   when the front-panel controls are enabled by this command. unlock group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2107 lock enables and disables all front-panel buttons and knobs. there is no front-panel equivalent. miscellaneous     
     disables all front-panel controls.  
enables all front-panel controls. this is equivalent to the unlock all command.    locks the front-panel controls.   returns   when the front-panel controls are enabled by this command. unlock group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2108 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *lrn? (query only) returns a string listing the oscilloscope settings, except for calibration configuration information. you can use this string to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you sent the *lrn? command. miscellaneous  note . *lrn? always returns a string including command headers, regardless of the setting of the header command. this is because the returned string is intended to be sent back to the oscilloscope as a command string. the verbose command can still be used normally to specify whether the returned headers should be abbreviated. none  a partial response might look like this:    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   header, set?, verbose group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2108 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *lrn? (query only) returns a string listing the oscilloscope settings, except for calibration configuration information. you can use this string to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you sent the *lrn? command. miscellaneous  note . *lrn? always returns a string including command headers, regardless of the setting of the header command. this is because the returned string is intended to be sent back to the oscilloscope as a command string. the verbose command can still be used normally to specify whether the returned headers should be abbreviated. none  a partial response might look like this:    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   header, set?, verbose group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2109 math? (query only) returns the definition for the math waveform. vertical 
 definition for the math waveform. 
 returns 
      if the math waveform is defined as channel 1 plus channel 2. math:define math:define performs the specified mathematical operation on the input signal or signals. to turn the math waveform on or off, use the select: command (page 2138). vertical 
   
  group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2109 math? (query only) returns the definition for the math waveform. vertical 
 definition for the math waveform. 
 returns 
      if the math waveform is defined as channel 1 plus channel 2. math:define math:define performs the specified mathematical operation on the input signal or signals. to turn the math waveform on or off, use the select: command (page 2138). vertical 
   
  group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2110 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
 specifies a math waveform, and can be one of the following: tds210/tds220 (firmware below v 2.00) with tds2cm:           tds210/tds220 (firmware below v 2.00) with tds2mm:   (to subtract, invert one of the waveforms via ch:invert, and then add)   
 
  tds210/tds220 (firmware v 2.00 and above) with tds2cm:       tds210/tds220 (firmware v 2.00 and above) with tds2mm:         
 
  tds224 with tds2cm:              tds224 with tds2mm:                
 
  arguments command descriptions 2110 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual
 specifies a math waveform, and can be one of the following: tds210/tds220 (firmware below v 2.00) with tds2cm:           tds210/tds220 (firmware below v 2.00) with tds2mm:   (to subtract, invert one of the waveforms via ch:invert, and then add)   
 
  tds210/tds220 (firmware v 2.00 and above) with tds2cm:       tds210/tds220 (firmware v 2.00 and above) with tds2mm:         
 
  tds224 with tds2cm:              tds224 with tds2mm:                
 
  arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2111 for fft, the optional *"$ %* argument is $"$! , (%& , or $!)#' . remember that ('"$! must be enclosed in quotes. you can use white space characters between words. 
  sets the math waveform so that it displays the sum of channel 1 and channel 2. 
    sets the math waveform to display an fft of channel 1 using a hanning window (tds2mm only). math? math:fft:horizontal:position (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform horizontal position. horizontal 

"+%$(#
"("%$  

"+%$(#
"("%$  specifies the point in the fft waveform data record to display at the center vertical graticule line. the data record point is a percentage of the total record length, in the range of 0 to 100. the default value is 50. how much data is displayed depends on the fft zoom factor setting. the oscilloscope rounds to the nearest workable value. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2111 for fft, the optional *"$ %* argument is $"$! , (%& , or $!)#' . remember that ('"$! must be enclosed in quotes. you can use white space characters between words. 
  sets the math waveform so that it displays the sum of channel 1 and channel 2. 
    sets the math waveform to display an fft of channel 1 using a hanning window (tds2mm only). math? math:fft:horizontal:position (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform horizontal position. horizontal 

"+%$(#
"("%$  

"+%$(#
"("%$  specifies the point in the fft waveform data record to display at the center vertical graticule line. the data record point is a percentage of the total record length, in the range of 0 to 100. the default value is 50. how much data is displayed depends on the fft zoom factor setting. the oscilloscope rounds to the nearest workable value. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2112 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual     sets the fft waveform horizontal position such that the data at the 25% point of the record is centered on the display.    might return  , indicating that the 50% point in the data record is horizontally centered on the display. math:fft:horizontal:scale math:fft:horizontal:scale (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform horizontal zoom factor. horizontal  " !  
 " !  
specifies the horizontal magnification factor, where the axis of magnification is the center vertical graticule line. valid zoom factors are 1, 2, 5, and 10. if other values are entered the oscilloscope rounds the value of to the nearest valid zoom factor.      sets the fft waveform horizontal zoom factor to x5.     might return  , indicating that the zoom factor setting is x2. math:fft:horizontal:position examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2112 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual     sets the fft waveform horizontal position such that the data at the 25% point of the record is centered on the display.    might return  , indicating that the 50% point in the data record is horizontally centered on the display. math:fft:horizontal:scale math:fft:horizontal:scale (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform horizontal zoom factor. horizontal  " !  
 " !  
specifies the horizontal magnification factor, where the axis of magnification is the center vertical graticule line. valid zoom factors are 1, 2, 5, and 10. if other values are entered the oscilloscope rounds the value of to the nearest valid zoom factor.      sets the fft waveform horizontal zoom factor to x5.     might return  , indicating that the zoom factor setting is x2. math:fft:horizontal:position examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2113 math:fft:vertical:position (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform vertical position. vertical             specifies the fft waveform vertical position in divisions.     
  sets the fft waveform vertical position to 2 major divisions above the center horizontal graticule line.     
 might return  , indicating that the fft waveform 0 reference point is 5 major divisions from the center horizontal graticule line. math:fft:vertical:scale math:fft:vertical:scale (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform vertical zoom factor. vertical     
      
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2113 math:fft:vertical:position (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform vertical position. vertical             specifies the fft waveform vertical position in divisions.     
  sets the fft waveform vertical position to 2 major divisions above the center horizontal graticule line.     
 might return  , indicating that the fft waveform 0 reference point is 5 major divisions from the center horizontal graticule line. math:fft:vertical:scale math:fft:vertical:scale (tds2mm only) sets or queries the fft math waveform vertical zoom factor. vertical     
      
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2114 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  specifies the vertical zoom factor, where the axis of magnification is the center horizontal graticule line. valid zoom factors are 0.5, 1, 2, 5, and 10. if other values are entered the oscilloscope rounds the value of to the nearest valid zoom factor. 

!
 sets the fft waveform vertical zoom factor to x5. 

!
 might return  , indicating that the zoom factor setting is x2. math:fft:vertical:position measurement? (query only) returns all oscilloscope measurement parameters. measurement  &#$#%( oscilloscope measurement parameters   might return the following:
 

"   '   
 

"  "  )   
 

"   !   
 

"   !   
 

"   !    arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples command descriptions 2114 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  specifies the vertical zoom factor, where the axis of magnification is the center horizontal graticule line. valid zoom factors are 0.5, 1, 2, 5, and 10. if other values are entered the oscilloscope rounds the value of to the nearest valid zoom factor. 

!
 sets the fft waveform vertical zoom factor to x5. 

!
 might return  , indicating that the zoom factor setting is x2. math:fft:vertical:position measurement? (query only) returns all oscilloscope measurement parameters. measurement  &#$#%( oscilloscope measurement parameters   might return the following:
 

"   '   
 

"  "  )   
 

"   !   
 

"   !   
 

"   !    arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2115 none measurement:immed? (query only) returns all immediate measurement setup parameters. immediate queries and commands are the preferred methods for programming. an immediate measurement selection is not visible or accessible through the display screen or front panel. measurement   immediate measurement setup parameters      might return   
 none measurement:immed:source sets or queries the source for all immediate measurements. measurement  
   related commands group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2115 none measurement:immed? (query only) returns all immediate measurement setup parameters. immediate queries and commands are the preferred methods for programming. an immediate measurement selection is not visible or accessible through the display screen or front panel. measurement   immediate measurement setup parameters      might return   
 none measurement:immed:source sets or queries the source for all immediate measurements. measurement  
   related commands group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2116 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 is an input channel.    
 specifies channel 1 as the immediate measurement source. none arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2116 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 is an input channel.    
 specifies channel 1 as the immediate measurement source. none arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2117 measurement:immed:type sets or queries the immediate measurement type. measurement !  $ "# %  %   % 
 %  %   %  %  ! %  ! & !  "# is the reciprocal of the period measured in hertz.  is the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform.   is the time, in seconds, it takes for one complete signal cycle to happen. 
 is the absolute difference between the maximum and minimum amplitude.  is the true root mean square voltage over one cycle.   (tds2mm only) is the rise time between 10% and 90% of the first rising edge of the waveform. rising edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  (tds2mm only) is the fall time between 90% and 10% of the first falling edge of the waveform. falling edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  ! (tds2mm only) is the positive pulse width between the first rising edge and the next falling edge at the waveform 50% level. rising and falling edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2117 measurement:immed:type sets or queries the immediate measurement type. measurement !  $ "# %  %   % 
 %  %   %  %  ! %  ! & !  "# is the reciprocal of the period measured in hertz.  is the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform.   is the time, in seconds, it takes for one complete signal cycle to happen. 
 is the absolute difference between the maximum and minimum amplitude.  is the true root mean square voltage over one cycle.   (tds2mm only) is the rise time between 10% and 90% of the first rising edge of the waveform. rising edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  (tds2mm only) is the fall time between 90% and 10% of the first falling edge of the waveform. falling edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  ! (tds2mm only) is the positive pulse width between the first rising edge and the next falling edge at the waveform 50% level. rising and falling edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2118 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  " (tds2mm only) is the negative pulse width between the first falling edge and the next rising edge at the waveform 50% level. falling and rising edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. 


 



 defines the immediate measurement to be a frequency measurement. none measurement:immed:units? (query only) returns the units for the immediate oscilloscope measurement. measurement 
 "  "! "  returns  for volts, ! for seconds, or  # for hertz. 


 
  might return ! , indicating that the unit for the immediate measurement is seconds. measurement:immed:type examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2118 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  " (tds2mm only) is the negative pulse width between the first falling edge and the next rising edge at the waveform 50% level. falling and rising edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. 


 



 defines the immediate measurement to be a frequency measurement. none measurement:immed:units? (query only) returns the units for the immediate oscilloscope measurement. measurement 
 "  "! "  returns  for volts, ! for seconds, or  # for hertz. 


 
  might return ! , indicating that the unit for the immediate measurement is seconds. measurement:immed:type examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2119 measurement:immed:value? (query only) executes the immediate oscilloscope measurement specified by the measurement:immed:type command. the measurement is taken on the source specified by the measurement:immed:source command. immediate queries and commands are the preferred measurement method for programming. in order to see if the measurement was successful, use the *esr? and event? commands to read the standard event status register (sesr). if the channel specified by measurement:immed:source is not currently displayed, the oscilloscope generates event 2225 and returns 9.9e37. note . if trigger view is active, scan mode is in effect, or the display format set to xy, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). measurement     
      might return  if you are measuring the frequency of a 28.75 mhz signal.      might return  , which means that the channel specified by measurement:immed:source is not currently displayed. none group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2119 measurement:immed:value? (query only) executes the immediate oscilloscope measurement specified by the measurement:immed:type command. the measurement is taken on the source specified by the measurement:immed:source command. immediate queries and commands are the preferred measurement method for programming. in order to see if the measurement was successful, use the *esr? and event? commands to read the standard event status register (sesr). if the channel specified by measurement:immed:source is not currently displayed, the oscilloscope generates event 2225 and returns 9.9e37. note . if trigger view is active, scan mode is in effect, or the display format set to xy, this query returns 9.9e37 and generates event 221 (settings conflict). measurement     
      might return  if you are measuring the frequency of a 28.75 mhz signal.      might return  , which means that the channel specified by measurement:immed:source is not currently displayed. none group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2120 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual measurement:meas? (query only) returns all measurement parameters for the displayed oscilloscope periodic measurement specified by , where is 1 through 4. measurement 

 settings for the specified measurement source. 
  
 might return     none measurement:meas:source sets or queries the source for the measurement. this is equivalent to selecting the measurement source in the measure menu. measurement 

   

   specifies the measurement source channel. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2120 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual measurement:meas? (query only) returns all measurement parameters for the displayed oscilloscope periodic measurement specified by , where is 1 through 4. measurement 

 settings for the specified measurement source. 
  
 might return     none measurement:meas:source sets or queries the source for the measurement. this is equivalent to selecting the measurement source in the measure menu. measurement 

   

   specifies the measurement source channel. group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2121 




 sets the source of meas2 to channel 1. none measurement:meas:type sets or queries the oscilloscope measurement type for the measure- ment specified by . this is equivalent to selecting the measure- ment type in the measure menu. setting the type to anything other than none displays the measure menu on the screen. measurement 
$ !&
( * 
'!) + 
 + 
 " + # + % +   +  +  & +  & + 
, 
$ !&
( 
'!) is the reciprocal of the period measured in hertz. 
 is the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform. 
 " is the time, in seconds, it takes for one complete signal cycle to happen. # is the absolute difference between the maximum and minimum signal amplitude. % is the true root mean square value over one waveform cycle.   (tds2mm only) is the rise time between 10% and 90% of the first rising edge of the waveform. rising edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points. examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2121 




 sets the source of meas2 to channel 1. none measurement:meas:type sets or queries the oscilloscope measurement type for the measure- ment specified by . this is equivalent to selecting the measure- ment type in the measure menu. setting the type to anything other than none displays the measure menu on the screen. measurement 
$ !&
( * 
'!) + 
 + 
 " + # + % +   +  +  & +  & + 
, 
$ !&
( 
'!) is the reciprocal of the period measured in hertz. 
 is the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform. 
 " is the time, in seconds, it takes for one complete signal cycle to happen. # is the absolute difference between the maximum and minimum signal amplitude. % is the true root mean square value over one waveform cycle.   (tds2mm only) is the rise time between 10% and 90% of the first rising edge of the waveform. rising edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points. examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2122 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  (tds2mm only) is the fall time between 90% and 10% of the first falling edge of the waveform. falling edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  $ (tds2mm only) is the positive pulse width between the first rising edge and the next falling edge at the waveform 50% level. rising and falling edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point.  $ (tds2mm only) is the negative pulse width between the first falling edge and the next rising edge at the waveform 50% level. falling and rising edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. 
disables the measurement specified by . 




 specifies meas3 to calculate the true root mean square value. none measurement:meas:units? (query only) returns the units for the oscilloscope measurement specified by measurement:meas:type. measurement 
" !$
% $# $"! returns  for volts, # for seconds, or  & for hertz. examples related commands group syntax returns command descriptions 2122 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual  (tds2mm only) is the fall time between 90% and 10% of the first falling edge of the waveform. falling edge must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 10% and 90% measurement points.  $ (tds2mm only) is the positive pulse width between the first rising edge and the next falling edge at the waveform 50% level. rising and falling edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point.  $ (tds2mm only) is the negative pulse width between the first falling edge and the next rising edge at the waveform 50% level. falling and rising edges must be displayed to measure. the tds2mm automatically calculates the 50% measurement point. 
disables the measurement specified by . 




 specifies meas3 to calculate the true root mean square value. none measurement:meas:units? (query only) returns the units for the oscilloscope measurement specified by measurement:meas:type. measurement 
" !$
% $# $"! returns  for volts, # for seconds, or  & for hertz. examples related commands group syntax returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2123       might return  , indicating the units for measurement 3 are volts. none measurement:meas:value? (query only) returns the value that has been calculated for the oscilloscope measurement specified by . this value is a display value and will be updated about every 1/2 second if both the measure menu and the meas source channel are displayed. if you are acquiring at a slow sweep rate, the oscilloscope may take longer than 1/2 second to update. measure- ment:immed is usually more useful than measurement:meas when using the oscilloscope with external devices. if measurement:meas:type is set to none, measure- ment:meas:value? generates event message 2231 (measure- ment error, measurement is not turned on) and returns 9.9e37. if the channel specified by measurement:meas:source is not displayed on the oscilloscope, the oscilloscope generates event message 2225 (measurement error, no waveform to measure) and returns 9.9e37. note . if trigger view is active, scan mode is in effect, or the display format set to xy, this query generates event 221 (settings conflict) and returns 9.9e37. measurement  
 examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2123       might return  , indicating the units for measurement 3 are volts. none measurement:meas:value? (query only) returns the value that has been calculated for the oscilloscope measurement specified by . this value is a display value and will be updated about every 1/2 second if both the measure menu and the meas source channel are displayed. if you are acquiring at a slow sweep rate, the oscilloscope may take longer than 1/2 second to update. measure- ment:immed is usually more useful than measurement:meas when using the oscilloscope with external devices. if measurement:meas:type is set to none, measure- ment:meas:value? generates event message 2231 (measure- ment error, measurement is not turned on) and returns 9.9e37. if the channel specified by measurement:meas:source is not displayed on the oscilloscope, the oscilloscope generates event message 2225 (measurement error, no waveform to measure) and returns 9.9e37. note . if trigger view is active, scan mode is in effect, or the display format set to xy, this query generates event 221 (settings conflict) and returns 9.9e37. measurement  
 examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2124 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
    might return   if measurement number three is frequency. none *opc generates the operation complete message in the standard event status register (sesr) when all pending operations finish. the *opc? query places the ascii character a1o into the output queue when all pending operations are finished. the *opc? response is not available to read until all pending operations finish. the *opc command lets you synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described starting on page 310. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers and the output queue, refer to page 31. table 221 lists commands that generate an operation complete message. table 221: commands that generate an operation complete message command operation *cal?, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal internal self-calibration acquire:state on or acquire:state run (when acquire:stopafter is set to sequence) busy single sequence acquisition hardcopy start busy hardcopy output status and error returns examples related commands group command descriptions 2124 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
    might return   if measurement number three is frequency. none *opc generates the operation complete message in the standard event status register (sesr) when all pending operations finish. the *opc? query places the ascii character a1o into the output queue when all pending operations are finished. the *opc? response is not available to read until all pending operations finish. the *opc command lets you synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described starting on page 310. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers and the output queue, refer to page 31. table 221 lists commands that generate an operation complete message. table 221: commands that generate an operation complete message command operation *cal?, calibrate:continue, calibrate:factory, calibrate:internal internal self-calibration acquire:state on or acquire:state run (when acquire:stopafter is set to sequence) busy single sequence acquisition hardcopy start busy hardcopy output status and error returns examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2125 
 
 none 
 might return a  , which indicates that the operation is complete. busy?, *wai *psc sets and queries the power-on status flag that controls the automatic power-on handling of the deser, srer, and eser registers. when *psc is true, the deser register is set to 255 and the srer and eser registers are set to 0 at power on. when *psc is false, the current values in the deser, srer, and eser registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power is shut off and are restored at power on. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error 
   
 syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2125 
 
 none 
 might return a  , which indicates that the operation is complete. busy?, *wai *psc sets and queries the power-on status flag that controls the automatic power-on handling of the deser, srer, and eser registers. when *psc is true, the deser register is set to 255 and the srer and eser registers are set to 0 at power on. when *psc is false, the current values in the deser, srer, and eser registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power is shut off and are restored at power on. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error 
   
 syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2126 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 = 0 sets the power-on status clear flag to false, disables the power on clear, and allows the oscilloscope to possibly assert srq after power on. 
  0 sets the power-on status clear flag true. sending *psc 1, therefore, enables the power-on status clear and prevents any srq assertion after power on.    sets the power-on status clear flag to false.   might return the value 1, showing that the power-on status clear flag is set to true. dese, *ese, factory, *rst, *sre *rcl (no query form) restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of its settings stored in memory. (the settings are stored using the *sav com- mand.) this command is equivalent to recall:setup, and performs the same function as the recall saved setup item in the front-panel save/recall setup menu. save and recall   
 
 is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5, and specifies a setup storage location. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2126 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
 = 0 sets the power-on status clear flag to false, disables the power on clear, and allows the oscilloscope to possibly assert srq after power on. 
  0 sets the power-on status clear flag true. sending *psc 1, therefore, enables the power-on status clear and prevents any srq assertion after power on.    sets the power-on status clear flag to false.   might return the value 1, showing that the power-on status clear flag is set to true. dese, *ese, factory, *rst, *sre *rcl (no query form) restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of its settings stored in memory. (the settings are stored using the *sav com- mand.) this command is equivalent to recall:setup, and performs the same function as the recall saved setup item in the front-panel save/recall setup menu. save and recall   
 
 is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5, and specifies a setup storage location. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2127   restores the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory location 3. factory, *lrn?, recall:setup, *rst, *sav, save:setup recall:setup (no query form) restores a stored or factory front-panel setup of the oscilloscope. this command is equivalent to selecting recall setup or recall factory in the save/recall setup menu. save and recall 

          selects the factory setup.   is a value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a setup storage location. 
 
   recalls the front-panel setup to its factory defaults. factory, *rcl, *rst, *sav, save:setup examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2127   restores the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory location 3. factory, *lrn?, recall:setup, *rst, *sav, save:setup recall:setup (no query form) restores a stored or factory front-panel setup of the oscilloscope. this command is equivalent to selecting recall setup or recall factory in the save/recall setup menu. save and recall 

          selects the factory setup.   is a value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a setup storage location. 
 
   recalls the front-panel setup to its factory defaults. factory, *rcl, *rst, *sav, save:setup examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2128 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rem (no query form) specifies a comment. this line is ignored by the instrument. miscellaneous  ,*&($ ,*&($ is a string that can have a maximum of 80 characters.  %&+ &+ ! ")''#(, is ignored by the instrument. none rs232? (query only) queries the rs232 settings. rs-232  the current rs-232 settings  might return:   
 
 
 
   group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples command descriptions 2128 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rem (no query form) specifies a comment. this line is ignored by the instrument. miscellaneous  ,*&($ ,*&($ is a string that can have a maximum of 80 characters.  %&+ &+ ! ")''#(, is ignored by the instrument. none rs232? (query only) queries the rs232 settings. rs-232  the current rs-232 settings  might return:   
 
 
 
   group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2129 rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging rs232:baud sets or queries the rs-232-c interface transmission speed. if no flow control (flagging) is used, commands may be received faster than the oscilloscope can process them. also, if another command is sent immediately after this command, without waiting for the baud rate to be programmed, the first couple of characters may be lost. rs-232   
  
where 
can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 19200.    sets the transmission rate to 9600 baud. rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging, rs232? related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2129 rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging rs232:baud sets or queries the rs-232-c interface transmission speed. if no flow control (flagging) is used, commands may be received faster than the oscilloscope can process them. also, if another command is sent immediately after this command, without waiting for the baud rate to be programmed, the first couple of characters may be lost. rs-232   
  
where 
can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 19200.    sets the transmission rate to 9600 baud. rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging, rs232? related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2130 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs232:hardflagging sets or queries the state of rs232 hard flagging. when hard flagging is enabled, the instrument sends data as long as cts (clear to send) is asserted. when receiving data, the instrument asserts rts (request to send) until the input buffer is almost full. when the instrument no longer asserts rts, it continues to read incoming data until the input buffer is full and then reports an input overrun error. the instrument asserts dtr (data terminal ready) at all times when the instrument power is on. hard flagging and soft flagging cannot be on at the same time. however, hard and soft flagging can both be off at the same time. turning hard flagging on turns soft flagging off. turning soft flagging on turns hard flagging off. rs-232             
     turns on hard flagging and turns off soft flagging.      turns off hard flagging (rts always asserted).      turns on hard flagging and turns off soft flagging. rs232: baud, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2130 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs232:hardflagging sets or queries the state of rs232 hard flagging. when hard flagging is enabled, the instrument sends data as long as cts (clear to send) is asserted. when receiving data, the instrument asserts rts (request to send) until the input buffer is almost full. when the instrument no longer asserts rts, it continues to read incoming data until the input buffer is full and then reports an input overrun error. the instrument asserts dtr (data terminal ready) at all times when the instrument power is on. hard flagging and soft flagging cannot be on at the same time. however, hard and soft flagging can both be off at the same time. turning hard flagging on turns soft flagging off. turning soft flagging on turns hard flagging off. rs-232             
     turns on hard flagging and turns off soft flagging.      turns off hard flagging (rts always asserted).      turns on hard flagging and turns off soft flagging. rs232: baud, rs232: parity, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2131 rs232:parity sets or queries the parity used for all rs-232-c data transfers. when parity is odd or even, the oscilloscope generates the selected parity on output and checks all input against the selected parity. when parity is none, the oscilloscope performs no input parity error checks and generates no output parity. when the parity (ninth) bit does not match the parity type, the instrument reports a parity error. if another command is sent immediately after this command, without waiting for the parity to be programmed, the first few characters may be lost. rs-232  

     

 sets even parity.   sets odd parity.   sets no parity (no ninth bit transmitted).  

sets even parity. rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2131 rs232:parity sets or queries the parity used for all rs-232-c data transfers. when parity is odd or even, the oscilloscope generates the selected parity on output and checks all input against the selected parity. when parity is none, the oscilloscope performs no input parity error checks and generates no output parity. when the parity (ninth) bit does not match the parity type, the instrument reports a parity error. if another command is sent immediately after this command, without waiting for the parity to be programmed, the first few characters may be lost. rs-232  

     

 sets even parity.   sets odd parity.   sets no parity (no ninth bit transmitted).  

sets even parity. rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2132 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs232:softflagging sets or queries the input and output soft flagging over the rs-232-c port. after receiving an xoff (dc3), the instrument sends two or less characters. the oscilloscope begins transmitting data again when it receives an xon (dc1) character. the instrument sends an xoff character when its input buffer is running out of space. after sending an xoff character it can receive at least 20 more bytes. it sends xon when its input buffer has an acceptable number of free bytes. when soft flagging is enabled and binary data is transferred, data transmission will lock up if the data contains xoff or xon characters. hard flagging and soft flagging cannot be on at the same time. however, hard and soft flagging can both be off at the same time. turning soft flagging on turns hard flagging off. turning hard flagging on turns soft flagging off. rs-232             
     turns on soft flagging and turns off hard flagging.      turns off soft flagging.      turns on soft flagging and turns off hard flagging. rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2132 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rs232:softflagging sets or queries the input and output soft flagging over the rs-232-c port. after receiving an xoff (dc3), the instrument sends two or less characters. the oscilloscope begins transmitting data again when it receives an xon (dc1) character. the instrument sends an xoff character when its input buffer is running out of space. after sending an xoff character it can receive at least 20 more bytes. it sends xon when its input buffer has an acceptable number of free bytes. when soft flagging is enabled and binary data is transferred, data transmission will lock up if the data contains xoff or xon characters. hard flagging and soft flagging cannot be on at the same time. however, hard and soft flagging can both be off at the same time. turning soft flagging on turns hard flagging off. turning hard flagging on turns soft flagging off. rs-232             
     turns on soft flagging and turns off hard flagging.      turns off soft flagging.      turns on soft flagging and turns off hard flagging. rs232: baud, rs232: hardflagging, rs232: parity, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2133 rs232:transmit:terminator sets or queries the end-of-line (eol) terminator. when transmitting, the instrument appends the terminator to the end of each message. when receiving, the instrument accepts all four terminators, regardless of the currently selected terminator. when a combination of multiple characters is selected (crlf or lfcr), the instrument interprets the first character as the terminator; it treats the second character as a null command. cr represents an ascii carriage return character (0x0d) and lf represents an ascii linefeed character (0x0a). rs-232 
           
    selects the carriage return character as the eol terminator.   selects the line feed character as the eol terminator.    selects the carriage return and line feed characters as the eol terminator.   selects the line feed and carriage return characters as the eol terminator. 
   sets the carriage return as the eol terminator. rs232: hardflagging, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2133 rs232:transmit:terminator sets or queries the end-of-line (eol) terminator. when transmitting, the instrument appends the terminator to the end of each message. when receiving, the instrument accepts all four terminators, regardless of the currently selected terminator. when a combination of multiple characters is selected (crlf or lfcr), the instrument interprets the first character as the terminator; it treats the second character as a null command. cr represents an ascii carriage return character (0x0d) and lf represents an ascii linefeed character (0x0a). rs-232 
           
    selects the carriage return character as the eol terminator.   selects the line feed character as the eol terminator.    selects the carriage return and line feed characters as the eol terminator.   selects the line feed and carriage return characters as the eol terminator. 
   sets the carriage return as the eol terminator. rs232: hardflagging, rs232:softflagging, rs232? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2134 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *rst (no query form) (reset) returns the oscilloscope to a known set of instrument settings, but does not purge any stored settings. this command executes a subset of the factory command. status and error  sending the *rst command does the following:  returns the instrument settings to the factory defaults (refer to appendix b )  sets the macro defined by *ddt to a zero-length field  clears the pending operation flag and associated operations the *rst command does not alter the following items:  the state of the rs-232 or gpib interface  calibration data that affects device specifications  the selected gpib oscilloscope address  stored settings or waveforms  the output queue  the service request enable register settings  the standard event status enable register settings  the power-on status clear flag setting  hard copy parameters  response header enable state  front panel lock state  verbose state group syntax command descriptions 2134 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *rst (no query form) (reset) returns the oscilloscope to a known set of instrument settings, but does not purge any stored settings. this command executes a subset of the factory command. status and error  sending the *rst command does the following:  returns the instrument settings to the factory defaults (refer to appendix b )  sets the macro defined by *ddt to a zero-length field  clears the pending operation flag and associated operations the *rst command does not alter the following items:  the state of the rs-232 or gpib interface  calibration data that affects device specifications  the selected gpib oscilloscope address  stored settings or waveforms  the output queue  the service request enable register settings  the standard event status enable register settings  the power-on status clear flag setting  hard copy parameters  response header enable state  front panel lock state  verbose state group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2135 none factory, *psc, *rcl, recall:setup, *sav, save:setup *sav (no query form) (save) stores the state of the oscilloscope into a specified memory location. you can later use the *rcl command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state. this is equivalent to selecting save setup in the save/recall setup menu. save and recall 
     is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a memory location. any settings that have been stored previously at this location are overwritten. 
  saves the current settings in memory location 2. factory, *rcl, recall:setup, save:setup examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2135 none factory, *psc, *rcl, recall:setup, *sav, save:setup *sav (no query form) (save) stores the state of the oscilloscope into a specified memory location. you can later use the *rcl command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state. this is equivalent to selecting save setup in the save/recall setup menu. save and recall 
     is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a memory location. any settings that have been stored previously at this location are overwritten. 
  saves the current settings in memory location 2. factory, *rcl, recall:setup, save:setup examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2136 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual save:setup (no query form) saves the current state of the oscilloscope into the specified memory location. this is equivalent to selecting save setup in the save/re- call setup menu. save and recall        is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a memory location. any settings that have been stored previously at this location are overwritten.   
 saves the current front-panel setup to memory location 5. recall:setup, *rcl, *sav group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2136 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual save:setup (no query form) saves the current state of the oscilloscope into the specified memory location. this is equivalent to selecting save setup in the save/re- call setup menu. save and recall        is an integer value in the range from 1 to 5 and specifies a memory location. any settings that have been stored previously at this location are overwritten.   
 saves the current front-panel setup to memory location 5. recall:setup, *rcl, *sav group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2137 save:waveform (no query form) stores a waveform in one of the reference memory locations. this command is equivalent to selecting the save waveform item in the save/recall waveform menu. save and recall    
  is   (one of the allowable channels) or  . this is the waveform that will be saved. 
 is one of the allowable reference waveform storage locations.  
   
 saves the math waveform in stored waveform memory location refb. select: group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2137 save:waveform (no query form) stores a waveform in one of the reference memory locations. this command is equivalent to selecting the save waveform item in the save/recall waveform menu. save and recall    
  is   (one of the allowable channels) or  . this is the waveform that will be saved. 
 is one of the allowable reference waveform storage locations.  
   
 saves the math waveform in stored waveform memory location refb. select: group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2138 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual select? (query only) . returns the display status of all waveforms. vertical  * waveform display status    '   ,$*#  (' *# (' '  (' ,(+% ) *+)'

            ,$*#  *#)(+"#  (' *# (!! '  '  (' ,(+% ) *+)'

                  none select: controls the display of waveforms. this command is equivalent to turning a waveform on or off from the oscilloscope front panel. to define the math waveform, use the math:define command (page 2109) . vertical  *
,!& -  .  .  /  *
,!&  group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 2138 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual select? (query only) . returns the display status of all waveforms. vertical  * waveform display status    '   ,$*#  (' *# (' '  (' ,(+% ) *+)'

            ,$*#  *#)(+"#  (' *# (!! '  '  (' ,(+% ) *+)'

                  none select: controls the display of waveforms. this command is equivalent to turning a waveform on or off from the oscilloscope front panel. to define the math waveform, use the math:define command (page 2109) . vertical  *
,!& -  .  .  /  *
,!&  group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2139  or  = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform.  or   0 turns on the display of the specified waveform.  can be
 ,   , or   . see constructed mnemonics on page 28.  

  displays channel 2.  
  returns either  or  , indicating whether the refa waveform is displayed. none set? (query only) returns a string listing the oscilloscope settings except for the calibration values. you can use this string to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you sent set?. this command is identical to the *lrn? command. miscellaneous   note . the set? query always returns a string with command headers, regardless of the setting of the header command. this is because the returned string is intended to be able to be sent back to the oscilloscope as a command string. the verbose command can still be used to specify whether the returned headers should be abbreviated or full length. arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2139  or  = 0 turns off the display of the specified waveform.  or   0 turns on the display of the specified waveform.  can be
 ,   , or   . see constructed mnemonics on page 28.  

  displays channel 2.  
  returns either  or  , indicating whether the refa waveform is displayed. none set? (query only) returns a string listing the oscilloscope settings except for the calibration values. you can use this string to return the oscilloscope to the state it was in when you sent set?. this command is identical to the *lrn? command. miscellaneous   note . the set? query always returns a string with command headers, regardless of the setting of the header command. this is because the returned string is intended to be able to be sent back to the oscilloscope as a command string. the verbose command can still be used to specify whether the returned headers should be abbreviated or full length. arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2140 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the oscilloscope settings except for the calibration values ! a partial return string may look like this:
"
!! " ! !!    "# 
 
#  
 $
! $! !$ #!   ! % ! ! 
 
$
!   !   $"! !! header, *lrn?, verbose *sre (service request enable) sets and queries the bits in the service request enable register (srer). for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error       is an integer value in the range from 0 to 255. the binary bits of the srer are set according to this value. using an out-of-range value causes an execution error. the power-on default for srer is 0 if   is 1. if   is 0, the srer maintains its value through a power cycle. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2140 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the oscilloscope settings except for the calibration values ! a partial return string may look like this:
"
!! " ! !!    "# 
 
#  
 $
! $! !$ #!   ! % ! ! 
 
$
!   !   $"! !! header, *lrn?, verbose *sre (service request enable) sets and queries the bits in the service request enable register (srer). for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error       is an integer value in the range from 0 to 255. the binary bits of the srer are set according to this value. using an out-of-range value causes an execution error. the power-on default for srer is 0 if   is 1. if   is 0, the srer maintains its value through a power cycle. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2141   sets the bits in the srer to 00110000 binary.  might return a value of  , showing that the bits in the srer have the binary value 00100000. *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, factory, *psc, *stb? *stb? (query only) (read status byte) query returns the contents of the status byte register (sbr) using the master summary status (mss) bit. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error 
  might return the value  , showing that the sbr contains the binary value 01100000. *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, factory, *sre examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2141   sets the bits in the srer to 00110000 binary.  might return a value of  , showing that the bits in the srer have the binary value 00100000. *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, factory, *psc, *stb? *stb? (query only) (read status byte) query returns the contents of the status byte register (sbr) using the master summary status (mss) bit. for a complete discussion of the use of these registers, see page 31. status and error 
  might return the value  , showing that the sbr contains the binary value 01100000. *cls, dese, *ese, *esr?, event?, evmsg?, factory, *sre examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2142 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *trg (no query form) (trigger) executes commands that are defined by *ddt. miscellaneous 
 none 
 immediately executes all commands that have been defined by *ddt. *ddt trigger forces a trigger event to occur. when used as a query, trigger? returns the current trigger parameters. trigger
  
    creates a trigger event. if trigger:state is ready, the acquisition will complete; otherwise this command will be ignored. this is equivalent to selecting force trigger on the front panel. group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2142 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual *trg (no query form) (trigger) executes commands that are defined by *ddt. miscellaneous 
 none 
 immediately executes all commands that have been defined by *ddt. *ddt trigger forces a trigger event to occur. when used as a query, trigger? returns the current trigger parameters. trigger
  
    creates a trigger event. if trigger:state is ready, the acquisition will complete; otherwise this command will be ignored. this is equivalent to selecting force trigger on the front panel. group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2143     forces a trigger event to occur.   might return  

       
  # 
        
     
 
 none trigger:main sets the oscilloscope main trigger level to 50% of the signal's minimum and maximum value. returns the current main trigger parameters when used as a query. trigger !
  " !
  " sets the main trigger level to half way between the min and max amplitudes of the trigger source input. this is equivalent to pressing the front-panel set level to 50% button. if the oscilloscope acquisition state is stop and you send trigger:main setlevel, the oscilloscope ignores the command and generates event 221 (settings conflict). examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2143     forces a trigger event to occur.   might return  

       
  # 
        
     
 
 none trigger:main sets the oscilloscope main trigger level to 50% of the signal's minimum and maximum value. returns the current main trigger parameters when used as a query. trigger !
  " !
  " sets the main trigger level to half way between the min and max amplitudes of the trigger source input. this is equivalent to pressing the front-panel set level to 50% button. if the oscilloscope acquisition state is stop and you send trigger:main setlevel, the oscilloscope ignores the command and generates event 221 (settings conflict). examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2144 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
     sets the main trigger level mid way between max and min. none trigger:main:edge? (query only) returns the trigger coupling, source, and slope settings for the main edge trigger. trigger 
  
 trigger coupling, source, and slope settings for the main edge trigger 
  
 might return    
    none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2144 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
     sets the main trigger level mid way between max and min. none trigger:main:edge? (query only) returns the trigger coupling, source, and slope settings for the main edge trigger. trigger 
  
 trigger coupling, source, and slope settings for the main edge trigger 
  
 might return    
    none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2145 trigger:main:edge:coupling sets or queries the type of coupling for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting coupling in the trigger menu. trigger          
             selects ac trigger coupling.  selects dc coupling.
 coupling removes the high-frequency components of the dc signal.  coupling removes the low-frequency components of the ac signal.   selects dc low sensitivity. it requires added signal amplitude for more stable, less false triggering.        sets the main edge trigger coupling to dc. none group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2145 trigger:main:edge:coupling sets or queries the type of coupling for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting coupling in the trigger menu. trigger          
             selects ac trigger coupling.  selects dc coupling.
 coupling removes the high-frequency components of the dc signal.  coupling removes the low-frequency components of the ac signal.   selects dc low sensitivity. it requires added signal amplitude for more stable, less false triggering.        sets the main edge trigger coupling to dc. none group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2146 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:edge:slope selects a rising or falling slope for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting slope in the trigger menu. trigger #"&  $  %" (   ) " * #"&  $  %"   specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal. " specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal.       sets the main edge trigger to occur on the rising slope. none trigger:main:edge:source sets or queries the source for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting source in the trigger menu. trigger   $!  #"&  $  & " ( 
' )  )  )  *   #"&  $  & " ( 
' )  * #"&  $  & " group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 2146 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:edge:slope selects a rising or falling slope for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting slope in the trigger menu. trigger #"&  $  %" (   ) " * #"&  $  %"   specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal. " specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal.       sets the main edge trigger to occur on the rising slope. none trigger:main:edge:source sets or queries the source for the main edge trigger. this is equivalent to setting source in the trigger menu. trigger   $!  #"&  $  & " ( 
' )  )  )  *   #"&  $  & " ( 
' )  * #"&  $  & " group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2147  ( specifies one of the allowable input channels.  specifies the external input  %!   .  specifies the external input attenuated by a factor of 5  %!   ).  specifies the power line signal as a trigger source. 


  specifies the channel 1 as the edge trigger source. 


 might return  for the edge trigger source. none trigger:main:holdoff? (query only) returns the main trigger holdoff value. trigger $"'
%
!&## main trigger holdoff value 

 might return



 ) . none arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2147  ( specifies one of the allowable input channels.  specifies the external input  %!   .  specifies the external input attenuated by a factor of 5  %!   ).  specifies the power line signal as a trigger source. 


  specifies the channel 1 as the edge trigger source. 


 might return  for the edge trigger source. none trigger:main:holdoff? (query only) returns the main trigger holdoff value. trigger $"'
%
!&## main trigger holdoff value 

 might return



 ) . none arguments examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2148 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:holdoff:value sets or queries the oscilloscope main trigger holdoff value. trigger           is the main trigger holdoff value, in the range of 500 ns to 10 s.   
    sets the holdoff value to 10 s. none trigger:main:level sets the oscilloscope main trigger level. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel trigger level knob. note . when the edge trigger source is set to ac line, the oscilloscope ignores the set form of the command and generates event 221 (settings conflict). when the edge trigger source is set to ac line, the query form of the command returns zero. trigger group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions 2148 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:holdoff:value sets or queries the oscilloscope main trigger holdoff value. trigger           is the main trigger holdoff value, in the range of 500 ns to 10 s.   
    sets the holdoff value to 10 s. none trigger:main:level sets the oscilloscope main trigger level. this command is equivalent to adjusting the front-panel trigger level knob. note . when the edge trigger source is set to ac line, the oscilloscope ignores the set form of the command and generates event 221 (settings conflict). when the edge trigger source is set to ac line, the query form of the command returns zero. trigger group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2149  
    
   the main trigger level, in volts.  
   might return  , indicating that the main edge trigger is set to 1.4 v. none trigger:main:mode sets or queries the trigger mode for the edge trigger type. trigger  
  
     
 
 generates a trigger if a trigger is not detected within a specific time period.
 also enables scan mode for sweep speeds of 100 ms/div and slower.  waits for a valid trigger event.  

 specifies that a trigger event is automatically generated. acquire:stopafter syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2149  
    
   the main trigger level, in volts.  
   might return  , indicating that the main edge trigger is set to 1.4 v. none trigger:main:mode sets or queries the trigger mode for the edge trigger type. trigger  
  
     
 
 generates a trigger if a trigger is not detected within a specific time period.
 also enables scan mode for sweep speeds of 100 ms/div and slower.  waits for a valid trigger event.  

 specifies that a trigger event is automatically generated. acquire:stopafter syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2150 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:type sets or queries the type of oscilloscope trigger. this is equivalent to setting type in the trigger menu. trigger               is a normal trigger. a trigger event occurs when a signal passes through a specified voltage level in the specified direction and is controlled by the trigger:main:edge commands.  specifies that a trigger occurs when a specified signal is found and is controlled by the trigger:main:video commands.    
  might return  indicating that the main trigger type is a video trigger. none trigger:main:video? (query only) returns the main video trigger parameters. trigger    group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 2150 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:type sets or queries the type of oscilloscope trigger. this is equivalent to setting type in the trigger menu. trigger               is a normal trigger. a trigger event occurs when a signal passes through a specified voltage level in the specified direction and is controlled by the trigger:main:edge commands.  specifies that a trigger occurs when a specified signal is found and is controlled by the trigger:main:video commands.    
  might return  indicating that the main trigger type is a video trigger. none trigger:main:video? (query only) returns the main video trigger parameters. trigger    group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2151      might return       
    . none trigger:main:video:polarity sets or queries the video trigger polarity. this is equivalent to selecting polarity in the trigger/video menu. trigger tds 210 and tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with tds2cm:  !   !"# $   %  & all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations:  !   !"# $ !" %  &  !   !"#   or !" specifies a positive sync pulse.  specifies a negative sync pulse. trigger:main:video:polarity normal selects negative sync polarity for the video trigger. none examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2151      might return       
    . none trigger:main:video:polarity sets or queries the video trigger polarity. this is equivalent to selecting polarity in the trigger/video menu. trigger tds 210 and tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with tds2cm:  !   !"# $   %  & all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations:  !   !"# $ !" %  &  !   !"#   or !" specifies a positive sync pulse.  specifies a negative sync pulse. trigger:main:video:polarity normal selects negative sync polarity for the video trigger. none examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2152 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:video:source sets or queries the source for the main video trigger. this is equivalent to selecting source in the video trigger menu. trigger  #  ! " # % 
$ &  &  '  !    #  ! " # 
$    #  ! " # 
$ specifies one of the allowable input channels.  specifies the external input   !   .  specifies the external input, attenuated by a factor of 5  !   . trigger:main:video:source ch1 selects channel 1 as the source for the main video trigger. none trigger:main:video:sync sets or queries the source for the video trigger sync. this is equivalent to selecting sync in the trigger/video menu. trigger group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions 2152 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual trigger:main:video:source sets or queries the source for the main video trigger. this is equivalent to selecting source in the video trigger menu. trigger  #  ! " # % 
$ &  &  '  !    #  ! " # 
$    #  ! " # 
$ specifies one of the allowable input channels.  specifies the external input   !   .  specifies the external input, attenuated by a factor of 5  !   . trigger:main:video:source ch1 selects channel 1 as the source for the main video trigger. none trigger:main:video:sync sets or queries the source for the video trigger sync. this is equivalent to selecting sync in the trigger/video menu. trigger group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2153         
 
         
 specifies that triggering occur on the vertical sync pulse.
 specifies that triggering occur on the horizontal sync pulse. trigger:main:video:sync field selects the vertical sync pulse for the main video trigger sync. none trigger:state? (query only) returns the current state of the triggering system. accurate real time reporting of the trigger state within any single waveform acquisition is limited by factors such as the horizontal sweep speed, and communications and task latencies. trigger     indicates that the oscilloscope is acquiring pretrigger information. all triggers are ignored when trigger:state is armed.  indicates that all pretrigger information has been acquired and the oscilloscope is ready to accept a trigger.   indicates that the oscilloscope has seen a trigger and is acquiring the posttrigger information. syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax returns command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2153         
 
         
 specifies that triggering occur on the vertical sync pulse.
 specifies that triggering occur on the horizontal sync pulse. trigger:main:video:sync field selects the vertical sync pulse for the main video trigger sync. none trigger:state? (query only) returns the current state of the triggering system. accurate real time reporting of the trigger state within any single waveform acquisition is limited by factors such as the horizontal sweep speed, and communications and task latencies. trigger     indicates that the oscilloscope is acquiring pretrigger information. all triggers are ignored when trigger:state is armed.  indicates that all pretrigger information has been acquired and the oscilloscope is ready to accept a trigger.   indicates that the oscilloscope has seen a trigger and is acquiring the posttrigger information. syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax returns free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2154 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
indicates that the oscilloscope is in auto mode and acquires data even in the absence of a trigger.  indicates that acquisition is stopped or that all channels are off.  indicates that the oscilloscope is in scan mode.     might return  , indicating that pretrigger data has been acquired and the oscilloscope is waiting for a trigger. none *tst? (query only) (self-test) tests the gpib interface and always returns a 0. miscellaneous   0 none none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2154 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
indicates that the oscilloscope is in auto mode and acquires data even in the absence of a trigger.  indicates that acquisition is stopped or that all channels are off.  indicates that the oscilloscope is in scan mode.     might return  , indicating that pretrigger data has been acquired and the oscilloscope is waiting for a trigger. none *tst? (query only) (self-test) tests the gpib interface and always returns a 0. miscellaneous   0 none none examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2155 unlock (no query form) unlocks the front panel. this command is equivalent to lock none. note . if the oscilloscope is in the remote with lockout state (rwls), the unlock command has no effect. for more information refer to ansi-ieee std. 488.1-1987, standard digital interface for programmable instrumentation, section 2.8.3, on rl state descrip- tions. miscellaneous    specifies all front-panel buttons.   unlocks all front-panel buttons and knobs so they can be used. lock verbose sets and queries the verbose state that controls the length of keywords on query responses. keywords can be both headers and arguments. this command does not affect ieee std 488.2-1987 common commands (those starting with an asterisk). miscellaneous group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2155 unlock (no query form) unlocks the front panel. this command is equivalent to lock none. note . if the oscilloscope is in the remote with lockout state (rwls), the unlock command has no effect. for more information refer to ansi-ieee std. 488.1-1987, standard digital interface for programmable instrumentation, section 2.8.3, on rl state descrip- tions. miscellaneous    specifies all front-panel buttons.   unlocks all front-panel buttons and knobs so they can be used. lock verbose sets and queries the verbose state that controls the length of keywords on query responses. keywords can be both headers and arguments. this command does not affect ieee std 488.2-1987 common commands (those starting with an asterisk). miscellaneous group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2156 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual   
       or    0 sets the verbose state true, which returns full-length keywords for applicable setting queries.
or   = 0 sets the verbose state false, which returns minimum-length keywords for applicable setting queries.    sets the verbose state true.     might return the value  , showing that the verbose state is true. header, *lrn?, set? *wai (no query form) *wai (wait) prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands or queries until all pending operations finish. this command lets you synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described on page 310. unlike *opc?, *wai returns no value when pending operations finish. see table 221 (*opc) on page 2124. status and error  none syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2156 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual   
       or    0 sets the verbose state true, which returns full-length keywords for applicable setting queries.
or   = 0 sets the verbose state false, which returns minimum-length keywords for applicable setting queries.    sets the verbose state true.     might return the value  , showing that the verbose state is true. header, *lrn?, set? *wai (no query form) *wai (wait) prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands or queries until all pending operations finish. this command lets you synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. synchronization methods are described on page 310. unlike *opc?, *wai returns no value when pending operations finish. see table 221 (*opc) on page 2124. status and error  none syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2157 none busy?, *opc wavfrm? (query only) returns wfmpre? and curve? data for the waveform specified by the data:source command. this command is equivalent to sending wfmpre?; curve?. if the waveform specified by the data:source command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the waveform transmission parameters        
   . waveform 
 see wfmpre? and curve? commands. none curve?, data:source, wfmpre? wfmpre? (query only) returns waveform transmission and formatting parameters for the waveform specified by the data:source command. examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2157 none busy?, *opc wavfrm? (query only) returns wfmpre? and curve? data for the waveform specified by the data:source command. this command is equivalent to sending wfmpre?; curve?. if the waveform specified by the data:source command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the waveform transmission parameters        
   . waveform 
 see wfmpre? and curve? commands. none curve?, data:source, wfmpre? wfmpre? (query only) returns waveform transmission and formatting parameters for the waveform specified by the data:source command. examples related commands group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2158 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual if the waveform specified by the data:source command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the waveform transmission parameters  "- "- $' "*/ "- . waveform -% the format of the response (assuming the data:source waveform is on) is: "- 
 "- 
$' 0  1  2 "*/ 0  1  2 "- 0  1  2"/ 
  ./-(+'
" 0 1 2#- 
 "&& 
!, 
(/ /-(+'
 )/ 
 !-, 
 & 
 (/ /-(+'
none wavfrm?, wfmpre:? wfmpre:bit_nr sets or queries the number of bits per waveform point for the waveform to be transferred. changing the value of wfmpre:bit_nr also changes the values of wfmpre:byt_nr and data:width. waveform -% "- 
-% "- group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 2158 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual if the waveform specified by the data:source command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the waveform transmission parameters  "- "- $' "*/ "- . waveform -% the format of the response (assuming the data:source waveform is on) is: "- 
 "- 
$' 0  1  2 "*/ 0  1  2 "- 0  1  2"/ 
  ./-(+'
" 0 1 2#- 
 "&& 
!, 
(/ /-(+'
 )/ 
 !-, 
 & 
 (/ /-(+'
none wavfrm?, wfmpre:? wfmpre:bit_nr sets or queries the number of bits per waveform point for the waveform to be transferred. changing the value of wfmpre:bit_nr also changes the values of wfmpre:byt_nr and data:width. waveform -% "- 
-% "- group syntax returns examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2159   is either 8 or 16, and is equivalent to wfmpre:byt_nr * 8 and data:width * 8. 
    might return  , indicating that there are 8 bits per waveform point. data:width, wfmpre:byt_nr wfmpre:bn_fmt sets or queries the format of binary data for the waveform to be transferred. changing the value of wfmpre:bn_fmt also changes the value of data:encdg. waveform 
 
      
 
  specifies signed integer data-point representation.  specifies positive integer data-point representation. 
  
  specifies that the binary waveform data are positive integer data-points. 
  
 returns either  or  as the current waveform data format. data:encdg, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre:encdg arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2159   is either 8 or 16, and is equivalent to wfmpre:byt_nr * 8 and data:width * 8. 
    might return  , indicating that there are 8 bits per waveform point. data:width, wfmpre:byt_nr wfmpre:bn_fmt sets or queries the format of binary data for the waveform to be transferred. changing the value of wfmpre:bn_fmt also changes the value of data:encdg. waveform 
 
      
 
  specifies signed integer data-point representation.  specifies positive integer data-point representation. 
  
  specifies that the binary waveform data are positive integer data-points. 
  
 returns either  or  as the current waveform data format. data:encdg, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre:encdg arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2160 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:byt_nr sets or queries the data width for the waveform to be transferred. this command is equivalent to data:width. changing wfmpre:byt_nr also changes wfmpre:bit_nr and data:width. waveform 
    
    is an integer in the range of 1 to 2 that sets the number of bytes per point. 
    specifies that there are 2 bytes per waveform data point. data:width, wfmpre:bit_nr wfmpre:byt_or sets or queries which byte of binary waveform data is transmitted first during a waveform data transfer when data:width or wfmpre:byt_nr is set to 2, or wfmpre:bit_nr is set to 16. changing wfmpre:byt_or changes data:encdg. waveform 
      
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions 2160 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:byt_nr sets or queries the data width for the waveform to be transferred. this command is equivalent to data:width. changing wfmpre:byt_nr also changes wfmpre:bit_nr and data:width. waveform 
    
    is an integer in the range of 1 to 2 that sets the number of bytes per point. 
    specifies that there are 2 bytes per waveform data point. data:width, wfmpre:bit_nr wfmpre:byt_or sets or queries which byte of binary waveform data is transmitted first during a waveform data transfer when data:width or wfmpre:byt_nr is set to 2, or wfmpre:bit_nr is set to 16. changing wfmpre:byt_or changes data:encdg. waveform 
      
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2161
 selects the least significant byte to be transmitted first.  selects the most significant byte to be transmitted first.     specifies that the most significant byte in the waveform data is transferred first.    returns either  or
 depending on which data byte is transferred first. data:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:encdg wfmpre:encdg sets or queries the type of encoding for waveform data transferred with the curve command. changing wfmpre:encdg also changes data:encdg. waveform             specifies ascii curve data.  specifies binary curve data. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2161
 selects the least significant byte to be transmitted first.  selects the most significant byte to be transmitted first.     specifies that the most significant byte in the waveform data is transferred first.    returns either  or
 depending on which data byte is transferred first. data:encdg, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:encdg wfmpre:encdg sets or queries the type of encoding for waveform data transferred with the curve command. changing wfmpre:encdg also changes data:encdg. waveform             specifies ascii curve data.  specifies binary curve data. arguments examples related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2162 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
 specifies that the waveform data is in ascii format.    
 might return  , indicating that the waveform data is in binary format. data:encdg, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre:bn_fmt wfmpre:nr_pt? (query only) returns the number of points that are in the transmitted waveform record, as specified by data:source. the number of points depends on data:start, data:stop, and whether data:source is yt or fft. nr_pt is at most 2500 for yt and 1024 for fft. nr_pt is always at least one. when the data:source is not displayed, the tds 210 and tds 220 (firmware below v 2.00) with a tds2cm will return a value. all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations will generate an error and will return event code 2244. waveform   none    returns  , which is the number of data points. if data:width is 2, then there are  *2 bytes in the curve. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions 2162 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
 specifies that the waveform data is in ascii format.    
 might return  , indicating that the waveform data is in binary format. data:encdg, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre:bn_fmt wfmpre:nr_pt? (query only) returns the number of points that are in the transmitted waveform record, as specified by data:source. the number of points depends on data:start, data:stop, and whether data:source is yt or fft. nr_pt is at most 2500 for yt and 1024 for fft. nr_pt is always at least one. when the data:source is not displayed, the tds 210 and tds 220 (firmware below v 2.00) with a tds2cm will return a value. all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations will generate an error and will return event code 2244. waveform   none    returns  , which is the number of data points. if data:width is 2, then there are  *2 bytes in the curve. examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2163 data:encdg, data:source, data:start, data:stop, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre::nr_pt wfmpre:pt_fmt the set form of this command sets the format (y or env) of the reference waveform as specified by the data:destination command. the query form returns the format of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if the waveform is not displayed, the query form of this command generates an error and returns event code 2244. waveform    
    specifies a normal waveform where one ascii or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n  yzero  ymult ( y n  yoff ) 
specifies that the oscilloscope transmit the waveform as minimum and maximum point pairs. peak detect waveforms use an env format. peak detect mode specifies a maximum of 1250 (minimum, maximum) pairs, with the time between pairs being 2*xincr. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n min  yzero  ymult ( y n min  yoff ) related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2163 data:encdg, data:source, data:start, data:stop, wfmpre:bn_fmt, wfmpre:byt_or, wfmpre::nr_pt wfmpre:pt_fmt the set form of this command sets the format (y or env) of the reference waveform as specified by the data:destination command. the query form returns the format of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if the waveform is not displayed, the query form of this command generates an error and returns event code 2244. waveform    
    specifies a normal waveform where one ascii or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n  yzero  ymult ( y n  yoff ) 
specifies that the oscilloscope transmit the waveform as minimum and maximum point pairs. peak detect waveforms use an env format. peak detect mode specifies a maximum of 1250 (minimum, maximum) pairs, with the time between pairs being 2*xincr. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n min  yzero  ymult ( y n min  yoff ) related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2164 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual y n max  yzero  ymult ( y n max  yoff ) 
   sets the waveform data point format to y. 
   returns either  or  . wfmpre::pt_fmt wfmpre:pt_off the set form of this command is ignored. the query form always returns a 0, unless the waveform is not displayed, then the query generates an error and returns event code 2244. this command is listed for compatibility with older tektronix oscilloscopes. waveform    arguments are ignored. horizontal:position examples related commands group syntax arguments related commands command descriptions 2164 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual y n max  yzero  ymult ( y n max  yoff ) 
   sets the waveform data point format to y. 
   returns either  or  . wfmpre::pt_fmt wfmpre:pt_off the set form of this command is ignored. the query form always returns a 0, unless the waveform is not displayed, then the query generates an error and returns event code 2244. this command is listed for compatibility with older tektronix oscilloscopes. waveform    arguments are ignored. horizontal:position examples related commands group syntax arguments related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2165 wfmpre:wfid? (query only) returns a descriptive string from the waveform specified in the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform #'& #% none. # #% (yt waveform) # #   ! ( "" ( "       (non-fft math waveform) # #    !  "" ( "         (fft waveform tds2mm only) # #    !  "  $" 
    wfmpre::wfid group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2165 wfmpre:wfid? (query only) returns a descriptive string from the waveform specified in the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform #'& #% none. # #% (yt waveform) # #   ! ( "" ( "       (non-fft math waveform) # #    !  "" ( "         (fft waveform tds2mm only) # #    !  "  $" 
    wfmpre::wfid group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2166 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:xincr the set form of this command specifies the interval (seconds per point for non-fft, hertz per point for fft) between samples of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. the oscilloscope uses this value to calculate the seconds/division or hertz/division units shown in the status bar and cursor readouts when displaying a reference waveform. the query form returns the interval between samples of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
 
  
 
 is the sampling interval, in seconds or hertz per point. none wfmpre::xincr group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2166 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:xincr the set form of this command specifies the interval (seconds per point for non-fft, hertz per point for fft) between samples of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. the oscilloscope uses this value to calculate the seconds/division or hertz/division units shown in the status bar and cursor readouts when displaying a reference waveform. the query form returns the interval between samples of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
 
  
 
 is the sampling interval, in seconds or hertz per point. none wfmpre::xincr group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2167 wfmpre:xunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. the query form returns oso. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform 
  
   none wfmpre::xunit group syntax examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2167 wfmpre:xunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. the query form returns oso. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform 
  
   none wfmpre::xunit group syntax examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2168 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:xunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command specifies the horizontal units (oso for seconds, ohzo for hertz) for the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting a reference waveform to hz causes the oscilloscope to display the waveform as an fft waveform. the query form returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by data:source. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform   
    
  is oso or ohzo. none wfmpre::xunit group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2168 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:xunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command specifies the horizontal units (oso for seconds, ohzo for hertz) for the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting a reference waveform to hz causes the oscilloscope to display the waveform as an fft waveform. the query form returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by data:source. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform   
    
  is oso or ohzo. none wfmpre::xunit group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2169 wfmpre:xzero the set form of this command specifies the position, in xunits, of the first sample of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command, relative to the trigger. the query form returns the position of the first sample of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). the oscilloscope sets wfmpre:xzero to zero if the display mode was xy or if math fft was the data:source when the waveform was acquired. note . the oscilloscope uses xzero when calculating cursor readouts. waveform   
   
 is the position, in xunits, of the first sample in the waveform. none wfmpre::xzero group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2169 wfmpre:xzero the set form of this command specifies the position, in xunits, of the first sample of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command, relative to the trigger. the query form returns the position of the first sample of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). the oscilloscope sets wfmpre:xzero to zero if the display mode was xy or if math fft was the data:source when the waveform was acquired. note . the oscilloscope uses xzero when calculating cursor readouts. waveform   
   
 is the position, in xunits, of the first sample in the waveform. none wfmpre::xzero group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2170 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:ymult ymult is a value, expressed in yunits per digitizer level, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command sets the vertical scale factor of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command, expressed in yunits per digitizing level. the query form returns a value for the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform 
    
    is the vertical scale factor, in yunits (usually volts) per sample value. an argument value of zero has special meaning. a zero indicates that the waveform has unknown vertical scaling. an example of unknown vertical scaling is a math waveform of ch1+ch2 where ch1 vertical scaling is different from ch2 vertical scaling. in this case, wfmpre:yunit returns u. none wfmpre:yunit? group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2170 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:ymult ymult is a value, expressed in yunits per digitizer level, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command sets the vertical scale factor of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command, expressed in yunits per digitizing level. the query form returns a value for the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform 
    
    is the vertical scale factor, in yunits (usually volts) per sample value. an argument value of zero has special meaning. a zero indicates that the waveform has unknown vertical scaling. an example of unknown vertical scaling is a math waveform of ch1+ch2 where ch1 vertical scaling is different from ch2 vertical scaling. in this case, wfmpre:yunit returns u. none wfmpre:yunit? group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2171 wfmpre:yoff yoff is a value, expressed in digitizer levels, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command stores a value for the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. this value does not affect how the oscilloscope displays the waveform, but does affect the cursor readouts. the query form returns a value for the waveform specified by the data:source command, in digitizer levels, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
    
   is a value expressed in digitizing levels. none none group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2171 wfmpre:yoff yoff is a value, expressed in digitizer levels, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command stores a value for the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. this value does not affect how the oscilloscope displays the waveform, but does affect the cursor readouts. the query form returns a value for the waveform specified by the data:source command, in digitizer levels, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
    
   is a value expressed in digitizing levels. none none group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2172 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:yunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. refer to the wfmpre:ymult command for equivalent functionality. note . the wfmpre:ymult command determines the vertical units of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting ymult to zero specifies unknown (u) units; any other value sets the vertical scale units to v (volts). the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform
      for volts or  for units (divisions). none wfmpre:yunit (tds2mm only), wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2172 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:yunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. refer to the wfmpre:ymult command for equivalent functionality. note . the wfmpre:ymult command determines the vertical units of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting ymult to zero specifies unknown (u) units; any other value sets the vertical scale units to v (volts). the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform
      for volts or  for units (divisions). none wfmpre:yunit (tds2mm only), wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2173 wfmpre:yunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command sets the vertical units for the reference waveform specified by data:destination. note . it is possible to set a combination of wfmpre:xunit and wfmpre:yunit that is inconsistent (for example, seconds with db or hertz with volts). the oscilloscope will not warn you of this condition. the oscilloscope uses wfmpre:xunit to determine if the waveform is a yt or an fft. the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
   
  is ovoltso, ouo, or odbo.   for volts,   for units (divisions), or  for decibels. none wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax arguments returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2173 wfmpre:yunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command sets the vertical units for the reference waveform specified by data:destination. note . it is possible to set a combination of wfmpre:xunit and wfmpre:yunit that is inconsistent (for example, seconds with db or hertz with volts). the oscilloscope will not warn you of this condition. the oscilloscope uses wfmpre:xunit to determine if the waveform is a yt or an fft. the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
   
  is ovoltso, ouo, or odbo.   for volts,   for units (divisions), or  for decibels. none wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax arguments returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2174 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:yzero (tds 210 or tds 220 fimware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command is ignored. the query form of this command always returns o0o. waveform 
   arguments are ignored none none group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2174 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:yzero (tds 210 or tds 220 fimware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command is ignored. the query form of this command always returns o0o. waveform 
   arguments are ignored none none group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2175 wfmpre:yzero (all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits yzero is used when calculating cursor readouts. the set form of this command affects the reference waveform specified by data:destination. the query form of this command returns a value for the waveform specified by data:source. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform   
   
 is a value, expressed in yunits. none wfmpre::yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2175 wfmpre:yzero (all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits yzero is used when calculating cursor readouts. the set form of this command affects the reference waveform specified by data:destination. the query form of this command returns a value for the waveform specified by data:source. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform   
   
 is a value, expressed in yunits. none wfmpre::yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2176 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpreeadditional commands for compatibility table 222 lists additional wfmpre commands. the set form of these commands is ignored. the query form generates event messages 100 and 420. these commands are included for compatibility purposes only. table 222: additional wfmpre commands command argument description     horizontal (x-axis) scale factor  
   horizontal (x-axis) offset     z-axis scale factor  
   z-axis offset      z-axis units     z-axis origin offset wfmpre:? (query only) returns the waveform formatting data for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates event message 420 (query unterminated) and 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform   (see page 29, waveform mnemonics ) group syntax command descriptions 2176 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpreeadditional commands for compatibility table 222 lists additional wfmpre commands. the set form of these commands is ignored. the query form generates event messages 100 and 420. these commands are included for compatibility purposes only. table 222: additional wfmpre commands command argument description     horizontal (x-axis) scale factor  
   horizontal (x-axis) offset     z-axis scale factor  
   z-axis offset      z-axis units     z-axis origin offset wfmpre:? (query only) returns the waveform formatting data for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates event message 420 (query unterminated) and 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform   (see page 29, waveform mnemonics ) group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2177 the format of the response is: :wfmpre: * $ 
()'"%!  +  ,- '   '& ") )'"%! #)  '&  ") )'"%! )  none wfmpre? wfmpre::nr_pt? (query only) (all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except tds 210 or tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) returns the number of points that are in the transmitted waveform record. the number of points depends on data:start, data:stop, and whether data:source is yt or fft. nr_pt is at most 2500 for yt and 1024 for fft. nr_pt is always at least one. when the data:source is not displayed, the instrument will generate an error and return event code 2244. waveform  '* $) none    ) returns  , which is the number of data points. if data:width is 2, then there are  *2 bytes in the curve. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments examples command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2177 the format of the response is: :wfmpre: * $ 
()'"%!  +  ,- '   '& ") )'"%! #)  '&  ") )'"%! )  none wfmpre? wfmpre::nr_pt? (query only) (all oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations except tds 210 or tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) returns the number of points that are in the transmitted waveform record. the number of points depends on data:start, data:stop, and whether data:source is yt or fft. nr_pt is at most 2500 for yt and 1024 for fft. nr_pt is always at least one. when the data:source is not displayed, the instrument will generate an error and return event code 2244. waveform  '* $) none    ) returns  , which is the number of data points. if data:width is 2, then there are  *2 bytes in the curve. returns examples related commands group syntax arguments examples free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2178 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:source, data:start, data:stop, wfmpre:nr_pt wfmpre::pt_fmt the set form of this command sets the waveform format (y or env) of the reference waveform specified by , if is a reference waveform. if is not a reference waveform, the set command is ignored. the query form returns the waveform format of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform 

    

  specifies a normal waveform where one ascii or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n  yzero  ymult ( y n  yoff )  specifies that the oscilloscope transmit the waveform as minimum and maximum point pairs. peak detect waveforms use env format. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n min  yzero  ymult ( y n min  yoff ) y n max  yzero  ymult ( y n max  yoff ) related commands group syntax arguments command descriptions 2178 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual data:source, data:start, data:stop, wfmpre:nr_pt wfmpre::pt_fmt the set form of this command sets the waveform format (y or env) of the reference waveform specified by , if is a reference waveform. if is not a reference waveform, the set command is ignored. the query form returns the waveform format of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform 

    

  specifies a normal waveform where one ascii or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n  yzero  ymult ( y n  yoff )  specifies that the oscilloscope transmit the waveform as minimum and maximum point pairs. peak detect waveforms use env format. only y values are explicitly transmitted. absolute coordinates are given by: x n  xzero  xincr ( npt_off ) y n min  yzero  ymult ( y n min  yoff ) y n max  yzero  ymult ( y n max  yoff ) related commands group syntax arguments free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2179 
   
 may return  . wfmpre:pt_fmt wfmpre::pt_off the set form of this command is ignored. the query form always returns a 0. this command is listed for compatibility with older tektronix oscilloscopes. waveform 
  arguments are ignored. 
  
 returns  indicating the trigger offset within the waveform record. wfmpre:pt_off wfmpre::wfid? (query only) returns a descriptive string for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands group command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2179 
   
 may return  . wfmpre:pt_fmt wfmpre::pt_off the set form of this command is ignored. the query form always returns a 0. this command is listed for compatibility with older tektronix oscilloscopes. waveform 
  arguments are ignored. 
  
 returns  indicating the trigger offset within the waveform record. wfmpre:pt_off wfmpre::wfid? (query only) returns a descriptive string for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands group free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2180 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual %+( ,)* %' %   %' (yt waveform) %  %   # - $$ - !$   "! !  (non-fft math waveform) %  % "  #  $$ - !$   "!  ""  (fft waveform tds2mm only) %  % "  #  $  &$ 
"! !  wfmpre:wfid wfmpre::xincr the set form of this command specifies the interval (seconds per point for non-fft, hertz per point for fft) between samples of the reference waveform specified by , if is a reference waveform. if is not a reference waveform, the set command is ignored. the oscilloscope uses this value to calculate the seconds/division or hertz/division units, shown in the status bar and cursor readouts, when displaying a reference waveform. the query form returns the interval between samples of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). syntax examples related commands command descriptions 2180 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual %+( ,)* %' %   %' (yt waveform) %  %   # - $$ - !$   "! !  (non-fft math waveform) %  % "  #  $$ - !$   "!  ""  (fft waveform tds2mm only) %  % "  #  $  &$ 
"! !  wfmpre:wfid wfmpre::xincr the set form of this command specifies the interval (seconds per point for non-fft, hertz per point for fft) between samples of the reference waveform specified by , if is a reference waveform. if is not a reference waveform, the set command is ignored. the oscilloscope uses this value to calculate the seconds/division or hertz/division units, shown in the status bar and cursor readouts, when displaying a reference waveform. the query form returns the interval between samples of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). syntax examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2181 note . for waveform records acquired in peak detect mode, even though there is a pair of samples for each conceptual time period, the xincr is such that (xincr * recl) = the total time over which the data was collected. waveform  
 
 
 
is the sampling interval in xunits.   might return       wfmpre:xincr wfmpre::xunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. the query form returns oso. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform  
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2181 note . for waveform records acquired in peak detect mode, even though there is a pair of samples for each conceptual time period, the xincr is such that (xincr * recl) = the total time over which the data was collected. waveform  
 
 
 
is the sampling interval in xunits.   might return       wfmpre:xincr wfmpre::xunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. the query form returns oso. if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform  
 group syntax arguments examples related commands group syntax free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2182 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
    returns  , indicating that the horizontal unit for channel 1 is seconds. wfmpre:xunit wfmpre::xunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command is only valid for reference waveforms. setting a reference waveform to hz causes the oscilloscope to display the reference waveform as an fft waveform. the query form returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by data:source (oso for seconds, ohzo for hertz). if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform 
  
  is oso or ohzo. none wfmpre:xunit examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2182 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 
    returns  , indicating that the horizontal unit for channel 1 is seconds. wfmpre:xunit wfmpre::xunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command is only valid for reference waveforms. setting a reference waveform to hz causes the oscilloscope to display the reference waveform as an fft waveform. the query form returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by data:source (oso for seconds, ohzo for hertz). if the waveform specified by data:source is not displayed, the query generates event message 2244. waveform 
  
  is oso or ohzo. none wfmpre:xunit examples related commands group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2183 wfmpre::xzero the set form of this command specifies the position, in xunits, relative to the trigger, of the first sample of the reference waveform specified by . if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the position of the first sample of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if the waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event message 2244 (owaveform requested is not ono). the oscilloscope sets wfmpre::xzero to zero if the display mode was xy when you acquired the waveform. note . the oscilloscope uses xzero when calculating cursor readout values. waveform   
   
 is the position of the first waveform sample, in xunits. the format of the query return is   
 none group syntax arguments returns related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2183 wfmpre::xzero the set form of this command specifies the position, in xunits, relative to the trigger, of the first sample of the reference waveform specified by . if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the position of the first sample of the waveform specified by the data:source command, if that waveform is on or displayed. if the waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event message 2244 (owaveform requested is not ono). the oscilloscope sets wfmpre::xzero to zero if the display mode was xy when you acquired the waveform. note . the oscilloscope uses xzero when calculating cursor readout values. waveform   
   
 is the position of the first waveform sample, in xunits. the format of the query return is   
 none group syntax arguments returns related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2184 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::ymult the set form of this command specifies the vertical scale factor, expressed in yunits per digitizer level, of the reference waveform specified by . if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the vertical scale factor of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
 
 
 
is the scale factor, in yunits (usually volts) per digitizing level. an argument value of 0 (zero) has special meaning. a 0 indicates that the waveform has unknown vertical scaling. an example of unknown vertical scaling is a math waveform of ch1+ch2 where the vertical scaling of ch1 is different from ch2. in this case, wfmpre::yunit? returns ouo (unknown).   might return      wfmpre:ymult, wfmpre::yunit group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2184 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::ymult the set form of this command specifies the vertical scale factor, expressed in yunits per digitizer level, of the reference waveform specified by . if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the vertical scale factor of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
 
 
 
is the scale factor, in yunits (usually volts) per digitizing level. an argument value of 0 (zero) has special meaning. a 0 indicates that the waveform has unknown vertical scaling. an example of unknown vertical scaling is a math waveform of ch1+ch2 where the vertical scaling of ch1 is different from ch2. in this case, wfmpre::yunit? returns ouo (unknown).   might return      wfmpre:ymult, wfmpre::yunit group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2185 wfmpre::yoff yoff is a value, expressed in digitizer levels, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command stores a value for the reference waveform specified by . this value does not affect how the oscilloscope displays the waveform, but does affect cursor readouts. if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the value for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform         
 is a value expressed in digitizing levels.    
might return       wfmpre:yoff group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2185 wfmpre::yoff yoff is a value, expressed in digitizer levels, used to convert waveform record values to yunit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command stores a value for the reference waveform specified by . this value does not affect how the oscilloscope displays the waveform, but does affect cursor readouts. if is not a reference waveform the set command is ignored. the query form returns the value for the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform         
 is a value expressed in digitizing levels.    
might return       wfmpre:yoff group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2186 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::yunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. refer to the wfmpre::ymult command for equivalent functionality. note . the wfmpre:ymult command determines the vertical units of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting ymult to zero specifies unknown (u) units; any other value sets the vertical scale units to v (volts). the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform     is ovo for volts or ouo for units.  
  might return  , meaning that the units for the vertical component of the channel 2 waveform data are volts. wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::ymult group syntax returns examples related commands command descriptions 2186 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::yunit (tds2cm version) the set form of this command is ignored. refer to the wfmpre::ymult command for equivalent functionality. note . the wfmpre:ymult command determines the vertical units of the reference waveform specified by the data:destination command. setting ymult to zero specifies unknown (u) units; any other value sets the vertical scale units to v (volts). the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by , if that waveform is displayed. if that waveform is not displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform     is ovo for volts or ouo for units.  
  might return  , meaning that the units for the vertical component of the channel 2 waveform data are volts. wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::ymult group syntax returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2187 wfmpre::yunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command sets the vertical units for the reference waveform specified by data:destination. note . it is possible to set a combination of wfmpre::xunit and wfmpre::yunit that is inconsistent (for example, seconds with db or hertz with volts). the oscilloscope will not warn you of this condition. the oscilloscope uses wfmpre::xunit to determine if the waveform is a yt or an fft. the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
   
  is ovoltso, ouo, or odbo.   for volts,   for units (divisions), or  for decibels. the   occurs when doing a ch1+ch2 math operation and the channels have different volts/div settings. none wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax arguments returns examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2187 wfmpre::yunit (tds2mm version) the set form of this command sets the vertical units for the reference waveform specified by data:destination. note . it is possible to set a combination of wfmpre::xunit and wfmpre::yunit that is inconsistent (for example, seconds with db or hertz with volts). the oscilloscope will not warn you of this condition. the oscilloscope uses wfmpre::xunit to determine if the waveform is a yt or an fft. the query form returns the vertical units of the waveform specified by the , if that waveform is on or displayed. if that waveform is not on or displayed, the query fails and the oscilloscope generates an execution error with event code 2244 (waveform requested is not on). waveform  
   
  is ovoltso, ouo, or odbo.   for volts,   for units (divisions), or  for decibels. the   occurs when doing a ch1+ch2 math operation and the channels have different volts/div settings. none wfmpre:yunit, wfmpre::yunit, wfmpre:ymult group syntax arguments returns examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2188 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::yzero (tds210 and tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to unit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command is ignored. the query form of this command always returns o0o. waveform  
 arguments are ignored.   
 returns  
 
 
 wfmpre:yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions 2188 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre::yzero (tds210 and tds 220 firmware below v 2.00 with a tds2cm) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to unit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command is ignored. the query form of this command always returns o0o. waveform  
 arguments are ignored.   
 returns  
 
 
 wfmpre:yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2189 wfmpre::yzero (all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to unit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command sets a value used when calculating cursor readouts. waveform   
   
 is a value, expressed in yunits. none wfmpre:yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands command descriptions tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 2189 wfmpre::yzero (all other oscilloscope, firmware version, and module combinations) yzero is a value, expressed in yunits, used to convert waveform record values to unit values using the following formula (where dl is digitizer levels): value_in_yunits = ((curve_in_dl - yoff_in_dl) * ymult) + yzero_in_yunits the set form of this command sets a value used when calculating cursor readouts. waveform   
   
 is a value, expressed in yunits. none wfmpre:yzero group syntax arguments examples related commands free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
command descriptions 2190 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual command descriptions 2190 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events status and events free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 31 status and events the oscilloscope provides a status and event reporting system for the gpib and rs-232 interfaces. this system informs you of certain significant events that occur within the oscilloscope. the oscilloscope status reporting system consists of five 8-bit registers and two queues. this section describes these registers and components, and explains how the event handling system operates. registers the registers in the event reporting system fall into two functional groups:  the standard event status register (sesr) and the status byte register (sbr) contain information about the status of the oscilloscope. these registers are the status registers.  the device event status enable register (deser), the event status enable register (eser), and the service request enable register (srer) determine whether selected types of events are reported to the status registers and the event queue. these three registers are the enable registers. status registers the standard event status register (sesr) and the status byte register (sbr) record certain types of events that may occur while the oscilloscope is in use. ieee std 488.2-1987 defines these registers. each bit in a status register records a particular type of event, such as an execution error or service request. when an event of a given type occurs, the oscilloscope sets the bit that represents that type of event to a value of one. (you can disable bits so that they ignore events and remain at zero. see the enable registers section on page 34.) reading the status registers tells you what types of events have occurred. tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 31 status and events the oscilloscope provides a status and event reporting system for the gpib and rs-232 interfaces. this system informs you of certain significant events that occur within the oscilloscope. the oscilloscope status reporting system consists of five 8-bit registers and two queues. this section describes these registers and components, and explains how the event handling system operates. registers the registers in the event reporting system fall into two functional groups:  the standard event status register (sesr) and the status byte register (sbr) contain information about the status of the oscilloscope. these registers are the status registers.  the device event status enable register (deser), the event status enable register (eser), and the service request enable register (srer) determine whether selected types of events are reported to the status registers and the event queue. these three registers are the enable registers. status registers the standard event status register (sesr) and the status byte register (sbr) record certain types of events that may occur while the oscilloscope is in use. ieee std 488.2-1987 defines these registers. each bit in a status register records a particular type of event, such as an execution error or service request. when an event of a given type occurs, the oscilloscope sets the bit that represents that type of event to a value of one. (you can disable bits so that they ignore events and remain at zero. see the enable registers section on page 34.) reading the status registers tells you what types of events have occurred. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 32 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the standard event status register (sesr). the sesr, shown in figure 31, records eight types of events that can occur within the oscilloscope. use *esr? to read the sesr register. reading the register clears the bits of the register so that the register can accumulate information about new events. table 31 shows sesr bit functions. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 31: the standard event status register (sesr) table 31: sesr bit functions bit function 7 (msb) pon (power on). shows that the oscilloscope was powered on. 6 urq (user request). not used. 5 cme (command error). shows that an error occurred while the oscilloscope was parsing a command or query. command error messages are listed in table 34 on page 317. 4 exe (execution error). shows that an error occurred while the oscilloscope was executing a command or query. execution error messages are listed in table 35 on page 318. 3 dde (device error). shows that a device error occurred. device error messages are listed in table 36 on page 321. 2 qye (query error). shows that either an attempt was made to read the output queue when no data was present or pending, or that data in the output queue was lost. 1 rqc (request control). not used. 0 (lsb) opc (operation complete). shows that the operation is complete. this bit is set when all pending operations complete following a  command. status and events 32 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the standard event status register (sesr). the sesr, shown in figure 31, records eight types of events that can occur within the oscilloscope. use *esr? to read the sesr register. reading the register clears the bits of the register so that the register can accumulate information about new events. table 31 shows sesr bit functions. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 31: the standard event status register (sesr) table 31: sesr bit functions bit function 7 (msb) pon (power on). shows that the oscilloscope was powered on. 6 urq (user request). not used. 5 cme (command error). shows that an error occurred while the oscilloscope was parsing a command or query. command error messages are listed in table 34 on page 317. 4 exe (execution error). shows that an error occurred while the oscilloscope was executing a command or query. execution error messages are listed in table 35 on page 318. 3 dde (device error). shows that a device error occurred. device error messages are listed in table 36 on page 321. 2 qye (query error). shows that either an attempt was made to read the output queue when no data was present or pending, or that data in the output queue was lost. 1 rqc (request control). not used. 0 (lsb) opc (operation complete). shows that the operation is complete. this bit is set when all pending operations complete following a  command. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 33 the status byte register (sbr). the sbr, shown in figure 32, records whether output is available in the output queue, whether the oscilloscope requests service, and whether the sesr has recorded any events. use a serial poll (gpib only) or *stb? to read the contents of the sbr. the bits in the sbr are set and cleared depending on the contents of the sesr, the event status enable register (eser), and the output queue. when you use a serial poll to obtain the sbr, bit 6 is the rqs bit. when you use the *stb? query to obtain the sbr, bit 6 is the mss bit. reading the sbr does not clear the bits. table 32 shows the sbr bit functions. e rqs esb mav e e e e mss 7 6 543210 6 figure 32: the status byte register (sbr) table 32: sbr bit functions bit function 7 (msb) not used. 6 rqs (request service), obtained from a serial poll. shows that the oscilloscope requests service from the gpib controller. 6 mss (master status summary), obtained from *stb?. summarizes the esb and mav bits in the sbr. 5 esb (event status bit). shows that status is enabled and present in the sesr. 4 mav (message available). shows that output is available in the output queue. 3 - 0 not used. status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 33 the status byte register (sbr). the sbr, shown in figure 32, records whether output is available in the output queue, whether the oscilloscope requests service, and whether the sesr has recorded any events. use a serial poll (gpib only) or *stb? to read the contents of the sbr. the bits in the sbr are set and cleared depending on the contents of the sesr, the event status enable register (eser), and the output queue. when you use a serial poll to obtain the sbr, bit 6 is the rqs bit. when you use the *stb? query to obtain the sbr, bit 6 is the mss bit. reading the sbr does not clear the bits. table 32 shows the sbr bit functions. e rqs esb mav e e e e mss 7 6 543210 6 figure 32: the status byte register (sbr) table 32: sbr bit functions bit function 7 (msb) not used. 6 rqs (request service), obtained from a serial poll. shows that the oscilloscope requests service from the gpib controller. 6 mss (master status summary), obtained from *stb?. summarizes the esb and mav bits in the sbr. 5 esb (event status bit). shows that status is enabled and present in the sesr. 4 mav (message available). shows that output is available in the output queue. 3 - 0 not used. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 34 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual enable registers the deser, eser, and srer allow you to select which events are reported to the status registers and the event queue. each enable register acts as a filter to a status register (the deser also acts as a filter to the event queue) and can prevent information from being recorded in the register or queue. each bit in an enable register corresponds to a bit in the status register it controls. in order for an event to be reported to its bit in the status register, the corresponding bit in the enable register must be set to one. if the bit in the enable register is set to zero, the event is not recorded. the bits in the enable registers are set using various commands. the enable registers and the commands used to set them are described below. the device event status enable register (deser). the deser, shown in figure 33, controls which types of events are reported to the sesr and the event queue. the bits in the deser correspond to those in the sesr, as described earlier. use the dese command to enable and disable the bits in the deser. use the dese? query to read the deser. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 33: the device event status enable register (deser) status and events 34 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual enable registers the deser, eser, and srer allow you to select which events are reported to the status registers and the event queue. each enable register acts as a filter to a status register (the deser also acts as a filter to the event queue) and can prevent information from being recorded in the register or queue. each bit in an enable register corresponds to a bit in the status register it controls. in order for an event to be reported to its bit in the status register, the corresponding bit in the enable register must be set to one. if the bit in the enable register is set to zero, the event is not recorded. the bits in the enable registers are set using various commands. the enable registers and the commands used to set them are described below. the device event status enable register (deser). the deser, shown in figure 33, controls which types of events are reported to the sesr and the event queue. the bits in the deser correspond to those in the sesr, as described earlier. use the dese command to enable and disable the bits in the deser. use the dese? query to read the deser. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 33: the device event status enable register (deser) free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 35 the event status enable register (eser). the eser, shown in figure 34, controls which types of events are summarized by the event status bit (esb) in the sbr. use the *ese command to set the bits in the eser, and use the *ese? query to read it. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 34: the event status enable register (eser) the service request enable register (srer). the srer, shown in figure 35, controls which bits in the sbr generate a service request (gpib only) and are summarized by the master status summary (mss) bit. use the *sre command to set the srer. use the *sre? query to read it. the rqs bit remains set to one until either the status byte register is read by a serial poll (gpib only) or the mss bit changes back to a zero. e e esb mav e e e e 76543210 figure 35: the service request enable register (srer) status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 35 the event status enable register (eser). the eser, shown in figure 34, controls which types of events are summarized by the event status bit (esb) in the sbr. use the *ese command to set the bits in the eser, and use the *ese? query to read it. pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 figure 34: the event status enable register (eser) the service request enable register (srer). the srer, shown in figure 35, controls which bits in the sbr generate a service request (gpib only) and are summarized by the master status summary (mss) bit. use the *sre command to set the srer. use the *sre? query to read it. the rqs bit remains set to one until either the status byte register is read by a serial poll (gpib only) or the mss bit changes back to a zero. e e esb mav e e e e 76543210 figure 35: the service request enable register (srer) free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 36 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the enable registers and the *psc command the *psc command controls the contents of the enable registers at power on. sending *psc 1 sets the enable registers at power on as follows:  deser 255 (equivalent to a dese 255 command)  eser 0 (equivalent to an *ese 0 command)  srer 0 (equivalent to an *sre 0 command) sending *psc 0 lets the enable registers maintain their values in nonvolatile memory through a power cycle. note . to enable the pon (power on) event to generate a service request (gpib only), send *psc 0, use the dese and *ese commands to enable pon in the deser and eser, and use the *sre command to enable bit 5 in the srer. subsequent power-on cycles will generate a service request (gpib only). queues the oscilloscope status and event reporting system contains two queues: the output queue and the event queue. the output queue the output queue stores query responses waiting to be output. the oscilloscope empties the output queue each time it receives a new command or query message. this means you must read any query response before you send the next command or query, or you will lose responses to earlier queries. also, an error may result. status and events 36 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the enable registers and the *psc command the *psc command controls the contents of the enable registers at power on. sending *psc 1 sets the enable registers at power on as follows:  deser 255 (equivalent to a dese 255 command)  eser 0 (equivalent to an *ese 0 command)  srer 0 (equivalent to an *sre 0 command) sending *psc 0 lets the enable registers maintain their values in nonvolatile memory through a power cycle. note . to enable the pon (power on) event to generate a service request (gpib only), send *psc 0, use the dese and *ese commands to enable pon in the deser and eser, and use the *sre command to enable bit 5 in the srer. subsequent power-on cycles will generate a service request (gpib only). queues the oscilloscope status and event reporting system contains two queues: the output queue and the event queue. the output queue the output queue stores query responses waiting to be output. the oscilloscope empties the output queue each time it receives a new command or query message. this means you must read any query response before you send the next command or query, or you will lose responses to earlier queries. also, an error may result. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 37 note . when a controller sends a query, an , and a second query, the digitizing oscilloscope normally clears the first response and outputs the second while reporting a query error (qye bit in the eser) to indicate the lost response. a fast controller, however, may receive a part or all the first response as well. to avoid this situation, the controller should always read the response immediately after sending any terminated query message or send a dcl (device clear) before sending the second query. the event queue the event queue stores detailed information on up to 20 events. if more than 20 events stack up in the event queue, the 20th event is replaced by event code 350, atoo many events.o read the event queue with event? (which returns only the event number), with evmsg? (which returns the event number and a text description of the event), or with allev? (which returns all the event numbers along with a description of the event). reading an event removes it from the queue. before reading an event from the event queue, you must use *esr? to read the summary of the event from the sesr. this makes the events summarized by *esr? available to event? and evmsg?, and empties the sesr. reading the sesr erases any events that were summarized by previous *esr? reads but not read from the event queue. events that follow an *esr? read are put in the event queue, but are not available until *esr? is used again. status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 37 note . when a controller sends a query, an , and a second query, the digitizing oscilloscope normally clears the first response and outputs the second while reporting a query error (qye bit in the eser) to indicate the lost response. a fast controller, however, may receive a part or all the first response as well. to avoid this situation, the controller should always read the response immediately after sending any terminated query message or send a dcl (device clear) before sending the second query. the event queue the event queue stores detailed information on up to 20 events. if more than 20 events stack up in the event queue, the 20th event is replaced by event code 350, atoo many events.o read the event queue with event? (which returns only the event number), with evmsg? (which returns the event number and a text description of the event), or with allev? (which returns all the event numbers along with a description of the event). reading an event removes it from the queue. before reading an event from the event queue, you must use *esr? to read the summary of the event from the sesr. this makes the events summarized by *esr? available to event? and evmsg?, and empties the sesr. reading the sesr erases any events that were summarized by previous *esr? reads but not read from the event queue. events that follow an *esr? read are put in the event queue, but are not available until *esr? is used again. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 38 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual event handling sequence figure 36 shows how to use the status and event handling system. in the explanation that follows, numbers in parentheses refer to numbers in figure 36. when an event occurs, a signal is sent to the deser (1). if that type of event is enabled in the deser (that is, if the bit for that event type is set to 1), the appropriate bit in the sesr is set to one and the event is recorded in the event queue (2). if the corresponding bit in the eser is also enabled (3), then the esb bit in the sbr is set to one (4). when output is sent to the output queue, the mav bit in the sbr is set to one (5). when a bit in the sbr is set to one and the corresponding bit in the srer is enabled (6), the mss bit in the sbr is set to one and a service request (gpib only) is generated (7). status and events 38 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual event handling sequence figure 36 shows how to use the status and event handling system. in the explanation that follows, numbers in parentheses refer to numbers in figure 36. when an event occurs, a signal is sent to the deser (1). if that type of event is enabled in the deser (that is, if the bit for that event type is set to 1), the appropriate bit in the sesr is set to one and the event is recorded in the event queue (2). if the corresponding bit in the eser is also enabled (3), then the esb bit in the sbr is set to one (4). when output is sent to the output queue, the mav bit in the sbr is set to one (5). when a bit in the sbr is set to one and the corresponding bit in the srer is enabled (6), the mss bit in the sbr is set to one and a service request (gpib only) is generated (7). free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 39 device event status enable register (deser) standard event status register (sesr) event status enable register (eser) status byte register (sbr) service request enable register (srer) event queue output queue event event event byte byte byte 1 2 3 4 6 7 5 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 e rqs esb mav e e e e mss 7 6 543210 6 e e esb mav e e e e 76543210 read using dese? write using dese read using *esr? cannot be written read using *ese? write using *ese read using *stb? cannot be written read using *sre? write using *sre figure 36: status and event handling process status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 39 device event status enable register (deser) standard event status register (sesr) event status enable register (eser) status byte register (sbr) service request enable register (srer) event queue output queue event event event byte byte byte 1 2 3 4 6 7 5 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 pon urq cme exe dde qye rqc opc 76543210 e rqs esb mav e e e e mss 7 6 543210 6 e e esb mav e e e e 76543210 read using dese? write using dese read using *esr? cannot be written read using *ese? write using *ese read using *stb? cannot be written read using *sre? write using *sre figure 36: status and event handling process free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 310 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual synchronization methods although most commands are completed almost immediately after being received by the oscilloscope, some commands start a process that requires more time. for example, once a hardcopy start command is executed, it may be a few seconds before the hardcopy operation is complete. rather than remain idle while the operation is in process, the oscilloscope continues processing other commands. this means that some operations are not completed in the order that they were sent. there may be times when the result of an operation is dependent on the result of an earlier one, and you must be assured that the first operation has completed before processing the next one. the status and event reporting system provides ways to do this. for example, a typical application would be to acquire a single-se- quence waveform, and then take a measurement on the acquired waveform. you could use the following command sequence: /** set up single-sequence acquisition **/            
     /** acquire waveform data **/     /** set up the measurement 2                 /** take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data **/        the acquisition of the waveform requires extended processing time and may not complete before the amplitude measurement is taken. (see figure 37.) this will result in an incorrect peak-to-peak value. status and events 310 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual synchronization methods although most commands are completed almost immediately after being received by the oscilloscope, some commands start a process that requires more time. for example, once a hardcopy start command is executed, it may be a few seconds before the hardcopy operation is complete. rather than remain idle while the operation is in process, the oscilloscope continues processing other commands. this means that some operations are not completed in the order that they were sent. there may be times when the result of an operation is dependent on the result of an earlier one, and you must be assured that the first operation has completed before processing the next one. the status and event reporting system provides ways to do this. for example, a typical application would be to acquire a single-se- quence waveform, and then take a measurement on the acquired waveform. you could use the following command sequence: /** set up single-sequence acquisition **/            
     /** acquire waveform data **/     /** set up the measurement 2                 /** take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data **/        the acquisition of the waveform requires extended processing time and may not complete before the amplitude measurement is taken. (see figure 37.) this will result in an incorrect peak-to-peak value. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 311

 
  processing time acquiring waveform data   figure 37: command processing without using synchronization the acquisition of the waveform must be completed before the measurement can be taken on the acquired data. this is achieved by synchronizing the program so that the measurement command is not processed by the oscilloscope until the acquisition is complete. figure 38 shows the desired processing sequence.

 
  processing time acquiring waveform data   figure 38: processing sequence with synchronization four commands can be used to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program: *wai, busy?, *opc, and *opc?. using the *wai command you can force commands to execute sequentially by using the *wai command. this command forces completion of the previous commands before processing new ones. status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 311

 
  processing time acquiring waveform data   figure 37: command processing without using synchronization the acquisition of the waveform must be completed before the measurement can be taken on the acquired data. this is achieved by synchronizing the program so that the measurement command is not processed by the oscilloscope until the acquisition is complete. figure 38 shows the desired processing sequence.

 
  processing time acquiring waveform data   figure 38: processing sequence with synchronization four commands can be used to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program: *wai, busy?, *opc, and *opc?. using the *wai command you can force commands to execute sequentially by using the *wai command. this command forces completion of the previous commands before processing new ones. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 312 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the same command sequence using the *wai command for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */ 

    


 
 
 


/* acquire waveform data */  

 /* set up the measurement parameters */ 


 

 


 

  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */  /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ 


 

 though *wai is one of the easiest ways to achieve synchronization, it is also the most costly. the processing time of the oscilloscope is slowed, since it is processing a single command at a time. this time could be spent doing other tasks. the controller can continue to write commands to the input buffer, but the commands are not processed by the oscilloscope until all operations in process are complete. if the input buffer becomes full, the controller will be unable to write any more commands to the buffer and will result in a time out. status and events 312 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual the same command sequence using the *wai command for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */ 

    


 
 
 


/* acquire waveform data */  

 /* set up the measurement parameters */ 


 

 


 

  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */  /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ 


 

 though *wai is one of the easiest ways to achieve synchronization, it is also the most costly. the processing time of the oscilloscope is slowed, since it is processing a single command at a time. this time could be spent doing other tasks. the controller can continue to write commands to the input buffer, but the commands are not processed by the oscilloscope until all operations in process are complete. if the input buffer becomes full, the controller will be unable to write any more commands to the buffer and will result in a time out. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 313 using the busy query busy? allows you to find out whether the oscilloscope is busy processing a command that has an extended processing time, such as single-sequence acquisition. the same command sequence using busy? for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */ 

    


 
 
 


/* acquire waveform data */  

 /* set up the measurement parameters */ 


 

 


 

  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ !  $ !##$" /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ 


 

 this sequence lets you create your own wait loop rather than using the *wai command. an advantage to using busy? is that you eliminate the possibility of a time out caused by writing too many commands to the input buffer. the controller is still tied up, though, and the repeated busy? results in more bus traffic. status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 313 using the busy query busy? allows you to find out whether the oscilloscope is busy processing a command that has an extended processing time, such as single-sequence acquisition. the same command sequence using busy? for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */ 

    


 
 
 


/* acquire waveform data */  

 /* set up the measurement parameters */ 


 

 


 

  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ !  $ !##$" /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ 


 

 this sequence lets you create your own wait loop rather than using the *wai command. an advantage to using busy? is that you eliminate the possibility of a time out caused by writing too many commands to the input buffer. the controller is still tied up, though, and the repeated busy? results in more bus traffic. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 314 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual using the *opc command if the corresponding status registers are enabled, the *opc command sets the opc bit in the standard event status register (sesr) when an operation is complete. you can use this command in conjunction with either a serial poll or service request handler to achieve synchronization. serial poll method (gpib only). enable the opc bit in the device event status enable register (deser) and the event status enable register (eser) using the dese and *ese commands. when the operation is complete, the opc bit in the standard event status register (sesr) is enabled, and the event status bit (esb) in the status byte register is enabled. the same command sequence using the *opc command for synchronization with serial polling looks like this: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */  

 
   
      
/* enable the status registers */        /* acquire waveform data */
    /* set up the measurement parameters */           

 /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ 
 !# ('!# &%##   "& #%%&!$ /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ status and events 314 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual using the *opc command if the corresponding status registers are enabled, the *opc command sets the opc bit in the standard event status register (sesr) when an operation is complete. you can use this command in conjunction with either a serial poll or service request handler to achieve synchronization. serial poll method (gpib only). enable the opc bit in the device event status enable register (deser) and the event status enable register (eser) using the dese and *ese commands. when the operation is complete, the opc bit in the standard event status register (sesr) is enabled, and the event status bit (esb) in the status byte register is enabled. the same command sequence using the *opc command for synchronization with serial polling looks like this: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */  

 
   
      
/* enable the status registers */        /* acquire waveform data */
    /* set up the measurement parameters */           

 /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ 
 !# ('!# &%##   "& #%%&!$ /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 315       this technique requires less bus traffic than did looping on  . service request method (gpib only). enable the opc bit in the device event status enable register (deser) and the event status enable register (eser) using the dese and *ese commands. also, enable service requests by setting the esb bit in the service request enable register (srer) using the *sre command. when the operation is complete, a service request is generated. the same command sequence using the *opc command for synchronization looks like this: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */  

  
   
      
/* enable the status registers */        /* acquire waveform data */ 
   /* set up the measurement parameters */           

 /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ 
program can now do different tasks such as talk to other devices. the srq, when it comes, interrupts those tasks and returns control to this task. /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 315       this technique requires less bus traffic than did looping on  . service request method (gpib only). enable the opc bit in the device event status enable register (deser) and the event status enable register (eser) using the dese and *ese commands. also, enable service requests by setting the esb bit in the service request enable register (srer) using the *sre command. when the operation is complete, a service request is generated. the same command sequence using the *opc command for synchronization looks like this: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */  

  
   
      
/* enable the status registers */        /* acquire waveform data */ 
   /* set up the measurement parameters */           

 /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */ 
program can now do different tasks such as talk to other devices. the srq, when it comes, interrupts those tasks and returns control to this task. /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */ free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 316 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
  this technique is more efficient but requires more sophisticated programming. using the *opc query *opc? places a 1 in the output queue once an operation is complete. a timeout could occur if you try to read the output queue before there is any data in it. the same command sequence using *opc? for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */        
         /* acquire waveform data */     /* set up the measurement parameters */    
     
  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */   !& #% % %#" '&$'& '' /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */    
  using *opc? synchronization is the simplest approach. it requires no status handling or loops. however, you must set the controller time out for longer than the acquisition operation. status and events 316 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual    
  this technique is more efficient but requires more sophisticated programming. using the *opc query *opc? places a 1 in the output queue once an operation is complete. a timeout could occur if you try to read the output queue before there is any data in it. the same command sequence using *opc? for synchronization follows: /* set up single-sequence acquisition */        
         /* acquire waveform data */     /* set up the measurement parameters */    
     
  /* wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement */   !& #% % %#" '&$'& '' /* take peak-to-peak measurement on acquired data */    
  using *opc? synchronization is the simplest approach. it requires no status handling or loops. however, you must set the controller time out for longer than the acquisition operation. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 317 messages tables 33 through 39 list all the programming interface messages the oscilloscope generates in response to commands and queries. each message is the result of an event. each type of event sets a specific bit in the sesr and is controlled by the equivalent bit in the deser. thus, each message is associated with a specific sesr bit. in the message tables that follow, the associated sesr bit is specified in the table title, with exceptions noted with the error message text. table 33 shows the messages when the system has no events or status to report. these have no associated sesr bit. table 33: no event messages code message 0 no events to report : queue empty 1 no events to report : new events pending *esr? table 34 shows the error messages generated by improper command syntax. check that the command is properly formed and that it follows the rules in the command syntax section starting on page 21. table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 code message 100 command error 102 syntax error 103 invalid separator 104 data type error 105 get not allowed 108 parameter not allowed status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 317 messages tables 33 through 39 list all the programming interface messages the oscilloscope generates in response to commands and queries. each message is the result of an event. each type of event sets a specific bit in the sesr and is controlled by the equivalent bit in the deser. thus, each message is associated with a specific sesr bit. in the message tables that follow, the associated sesr bit is specified in the table title, with exceptions noted with the error message text. table 33 shows the messages when the system has no events or status to report. these have no associated sesr bit. table 33: no event messages code message 0 no events to report : queue empty 1 no events to report : new events pending *esr? table 34 shows the error messages generated by improper command syntax. check that the command is properly formed and that it follows the rules in the command syntax section starting on page 21. table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 code message 100 command error 102 syntax error 103 invalid separator 104 data type error 105 get not allowed 108 parameter not allowed free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 318 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 (cont.) code message 110 command header error 111 header separator error 112 program mnemonic too long 113 undefined header 161 invalid block data (indefinite length blocks are not allowed over the rs-232) table 35 lists the errors that are detected during execution of a command. in these error messages, you should read amacroo as aalias.o table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 code message 200 execution error 201 invalid while in local 210 trigger error 211 trigger ignored 212 arm ignored 220 parameter error 221 settings conflict 222 data out of range 223 too much data 224 illegal parameter value 230 data corrupt or stale 240 hardware error 241 hardware missing status and events 318 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 34: command error messages - cme bit 5 (cont.) code message 110 command header error 111 header separator error 112 program mnemonic too long 113 undefined header 161 invalid block data (indefinite length blocks are not allowed over the rs-232) table 35 lists the errors that are detected during execution of a command. in these error messages, you should read amacroo as aalias.o table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 code message 200 execution error 201 invalid while in local 210 trigger error 211 trigger ignored 212 arm ignored 220 parameter error 221 settings conflict 222 data out of range 223 too much data 224 illegal parameter value 230 data corrupt or stale 240 hardware error 241 hardware missing free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 319 table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 242 hardware configuration error 243 hardware i/o device error 260 expression error 261 math error in expression 2200 measurement error, measurement system error 2201 measurement error, zero period 2202 measurement error, no period found 2203 measurement error, no period, second waveform 2204 measurement error, low signal amplitude 2205 measurement error, low amplitude, second waveform 2206 measurement error, invalid gate 2207 measurement error, measurement overflow 2208 measurement error, waveform does not cross mid ref 2209 measurement error, no second mid ref crossing 2210 measurement error, no mid ref crossing, second waveform 2211 measurement error, no backwards mid ref crossing 2212 measurement error, no negative crossing 2213 measurement error, no positive crossing 2214 measurement error, no crossing 2215 measurement error, no crossing, second waveform 2216 measurement error, no crossing, target waveform 2217 measurement error, constant waveform 2218 measurement error, unused 2219 measurement error, no valid edge: no arm sample 2220 measurement error, no valid edge: no arm cross status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 319 table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 242 hardware configuration error 243 hardware i/o device error 260 expression error 261 math error in expression 2200 measurement error, measurement system error 2201 measurement error, zero period 2202 measurement error, no period found 2203 measurement error, no period, second waveform 2204 measurement error, low signal amplitude 2205 measurement error, low amplitude, second waveform 2206 measurement error, invalid gate 2207 measurement error, measurement overflow 2208 measurement error, waveform does not cross mid ref 2209 measurement error, no second mid ref crossing 2210 measurement error, no mid ref crossing, second waveform 2211 measurement error, no backwards mid ref crossing 2212 measurement error, no negative crossing 2213 measurement error, no positive crossing 2214 measurement error, no crossing 2215 measurement error, no crossing, second waveform 2216 measurement error, no crossing, target waveform 2217 measurement error, constant waveform 2218 measurement error, unused 2219 measurement error, no valid edge: no arm sample 2220 measurement error, no valid edge: no arm cross free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 320 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 2221 measurement error, no valid edge: no trigger cross 2222 measurement error, no valid edge: no second cross 2223 measurement error, waveform mismatch 2224 measurement error, wait calculating 2225 measurement error, no waveform to measure 2226 null waveform 2227 positive and negative clipping 2228 measurement error, positive clipping 2229 measurement error, negative clipping 2230 measurement error, high ref < low ref 2235 math error, invalid math description 2241 waveform request is invalid 2242 data start > record length 2243 waveform requested is not a data source 2244 waveform requested is not turned on 2245 saveref error, selected channel is turned off 2246 saveref error, selected channel data invalid 2248 saveref error, source reference data invalid 2260 calibration error 2301 cursor error, off screen 2302 cursor error, cursors are off 2303 cursor error, cursor source waveform is off status and events 320 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 35: execution error messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 2221 measurement error, no valid edge: no trigger cross 2222 measurement error, no valid edge: no second cross 2223 measurement error, waveform mismatch 2224 measurement error, wait calculating 2225 measurement error, no waveform to measure 2226 null waveform 2227 positive and negative clipping 2228 measurement error, positive clipping 2229 measurement error, negative clipping 2230 measurement error, high ref < low ref 2235 math error, invalid math description 2241 waveform request is invalid 2242 data start > record length 2243 waveform requested is not a data source 2244 waveform requested is not turned on 2245 saveref error, selected channel is turned off 2246 saveref error, selected channel data invalid 2248 saveref error, source reference data invalid 2260 calibration error 2301 cursor error, off screen 2302 cursor error, cursors are off 2303 cursor error, cursor source waveform is off free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 321 table 36 lists the device errors that can occur during oscilloscope operation. these errors may indicate that the oscilloscope needs repair. table 36: device error messages - dde bit 3 code message 300 device-specific error 310 system error 311 memory error 313 calibration memory lost 314 save/recall memory lost 315 configuration memory lost 350 queue overflow (does not set dde bit) 361 parity error in program message (check parity) 362 framing error in program message (check baud rate) 363 input buffer overrun (check flagging) table 37 lists the system event messages. these messages are generated whenever certain system conditions occur. table 37: system event messages code message 400 query event 401 power on (pon bit 7 set) 402 operation complete (opc bit 0 set) 403 user request (urq bit 6 set) 404 power fail (dde bit 3 set) 405 request control status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 321 table 36 lists the device errors that can occur during oscilloscope operation. these errors may indicate that the oscilloscope needs repair. table 36: device error messages - dde bit 3 code message 300 device-specific error 310 system error 311 memory error 313 calibration memory lost 314 save/recall memory lost 315 configuration memory lost 350 queue overflow (does not set dde bit) 361 parity error in program message (check parity) 362 framing error in program message (check baud rate) 363 input buffer overrun (check flagging) table 37 lists the system event messages. these messages are generated whenever certain system conditions occur. table 37: system event messages code message 400 query event 401 power on (pon bit 7 set) 402 operation complete (opc bit 0 set) 403 user request (urq bit 6 set) 404 power fail (dde bit 3 set) 405 request control free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 322 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 37: system event messages (cont.) code message 410 query interrupted (qye bit 2 set) 420 query unterminated (qye bit 2 set) 430 query deadlocked (qye bit 2 set) 440 query unterminated after indefinite response (qye bit 2 set), normally caused by using a query that returns arbitrary data in a concatenated command table 38 lists warning messages that do not interrupt the flow of command execution. these notify you that you may get unexpected results. table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 code message 500 execution warning 510 string data too long, truncated 525 parameter underrange 526 parameter overrange 527 parameter rounded 528 parameter out of range 530 data start > stop, values swapped internally 531 data stop > record length, curve truncated 532 curve data too long, curve truncated 540 measurement warning 541 measurement warning, low signal amplitude 542 measurement warning, unstable histogram 543 measurement warning, low resolution status and events 322 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual table 37: system event messages (cont.) code message 410 query interrupted (qye bit 2 set) 420 query unterminated (qye bit 2 set) 430 query deadlocked (qye bit 2 set) 440 query unterminated after indefinite response (qye bit 2 set), normally caused by using a query that returns arbitrary data in a concatenated command table 38 lists warning messages that do not interrupt the flow of command execution. these notify you that you may get unexpected results. table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 code message 500 execution warning 510 string data too long, truncated 525 parameter underrange 526 parameter overrange 527 parameter rounded 528 parameter out of range 530 data start > stop, values swapped internally 531 data stop > record length, curve truncated 532 curve data too long, curve truncated 540 measurement warning 541 measurement warning, low signal amplitude 542 measurement warning, unstable histogram 543 measurement warning, low resolution free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 323 table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 544 measurement warning, uncertain edge 545 measurement warning, invalid in minmax 546 measurement warning, need 3 edges 547 measurement warning, clipping positive/negative 548 measurement warning, clipping positive 549 measurement warning, clipping negative table 39 lists internal errors that indicate an internal fault in the oscilloscope. table 39: internal warning messages code message 600 internal warning status and events tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 323 table 38: execution warning messages - exe bit 4 (cont.) code message 544 measurement warning, uncertain edge 545 measurement warning, invalid in minmax 546 measurement warning, need 3 edges 547 measurement warning, clipping positive/negative 548 measurement warning, clipping positive 549 measurement warning, clipping negative table 39 lists internal errors that indicate an internal fault in the oscilloscope. table 39: internal warning messages code message 600 internal warning free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
status and events 324 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual status and events 324 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
appendices appendices free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual a1 appendix a: ascii code chart 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 nul 00 20 dle 10 16 40 sp 20 32 60 0 30 48 100 @ 40 64 120 p 50 80 140 60 96 160 p 70 112 1 1 soh 11 21 dc1 11 17 41 ! 21 33 61 1 31 49 101 a 41 65 121 q 51 81 141 a 61 97 161 q 71 113 2 2 stx 22 22 dc2 12 18 42 22 34  62 2 32 50 102 b 42 66 122 r 52 82 142 b 62 98 162 r 72 114 3 3 etx 33 23 dc3 13 19 43 # 23 35 63 3 33 51 103 c 43 67 123 s 53 83 143 c 63 99 163 s 73 115 4 4 eot 44 24 dc4 14 20 44 $ 24 36 64 4 34 52 104 d 44 68 124 t 54 84 144 d 64 100 164 t 74 116 5 5 enq 55 25 nak 15 21 45 % 25 37 65 5 35 53 105 e 45 69 125 u 55 85 145 e 65 101 165 u 75 117 6 6 ack 66 26 syn 16 22 46 & 26 38 66 6 36 54 106 f 46 70 126 v 56 86 146 f 66 102 166 v 76 118 7 7 bel 77 27 etb 17 23 47 27 39  67 7 37 55 107 g 47 71 127 w 57 87 147 g 67 103 167 w 77 119 8 10 bs 88 30 can 18 24 50 ( 28 40 70 8 38 56 110 h 48 72 130 x 58 88 150 h 68 104 170 x 78 120 9 11 ht 99 31 em 19 25 51 ) 29 41 71 9 39 57 111 i 49 73 131 y 59 89 151 i 69 105 171 y 79 121 continued on next page tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual a1 appendix a: ascii code chart 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 nul 00 20 dle 10 16 40 sp 20 32 60 0 30 48 100 @ 40 64 120 p 50 80 140 60 96 160 p 70 112 1 1 soh 11 21 dc1 11 17 41 ! 21 33 61 1 31 49 101 a 41 65 121 q 51 81 141 a 61 97 161 q 71 113 2 2 stx 22 22 dc2 12 18 42 22 34  62 2 32 50 102 b 42 66 122 r 52 82 142 b 62 98 162 r 72 114 3 3 etx 33 23 dc3 13 19 43 # 23 35 63 3 33 51 103 c 43 67 123 s 53 83 143 c 63 99 163 s 73 115 4 4 eot 44 24 dc4 14 20 44 $ 24 36 64 4 34 52 104 d 44 68 124 t 54 84 144 d 64 100 164 t 74 116 5 5 enq 55 25 nak 15 21 45 % 25 37 65 5 35 53 105 e 45 69 125 u 55 85 145 e 65 101 165 u 75 117 6 6 ack 66 26 syn 16 22 46 & 26 38 66 6 36 54 106 f 46 70 126 v 56 86 146 f 66 102 166 v 76 118 7 7 bel 77 27 etb 17 23 47 27 39  67 7 37 55 107 g 47 71 127 w 57 87 147 g 67 103 167 w 77 119 8 10 bs 88 30 can 18 24 50 ( 28 40 70 8 38 56 110 h 48 72 130 x 58 88 150 h 68 104 170 x 78 120 9 11 ht 99 31 em 19 25 51 ) 29 41 71 9 39 57 111 i 49 73 131 y 59 89 151 i 69 105 171 y 79 121 continued on next page free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
appendix a: ascii code chart a2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 a 12 lf a10 32 sub 1a 26 52 * 2a 42 72 : 3a 58 112 j 4a 74 132 z 5a 90 152 j 6a 106 172 z 7a 122 b 13 vt b11 33 esc 1b 27 53 + 2b 43 73 ; 3b 59 113 k 4b 75 133 [ 5b 91 153 k 6b 107 173 { 7b 123 c 14 ff c12 34 fs 1c 28 54 , 2c 44 74 < 3c 60 114 l 4c 76 134 \ 5c 92 154 l 6c 108 174 7c 124 d 15 cr d13 35 gs 1d 29 55 2d 45 75 = 3d 61 115 m 4d 77 135 ] 5d 93 155 m 6d 109 175 } 7d 125 e 16 so e14 36 rs 1e 30 56 . 2e 46 76 > 3e 62 116 n 4e 78 136 ^ 5e 94 156 n 6e 110 176 ~ 7e 126 f 17 si f15 37 us 1f 31 57 / 2f 47 77 ? 3f 63 117 o 4f 79 137  5f 95 157 o 6f 111 177 del (rubout) 7f 127 25 nak 15 21 hex octal decimal ascii character key appendix a: ascii code chart a2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 a 12 lf a10 32 sub 1a 26 52 * 2a 42 72 : 3a 58 112 j 4a 74 132 z 5a 90 152 j 6a 106 172 z 7a 122 b 13 vt b11 33 esc 1b 27 53 + 2b 43 73 ; 3b 59 113 k 4b 75 133 [ 5b 91 153 k 6b 107 173 { 7b 123 c 14 ff c12 34 fs 1c 28 54 , 2c 44 74 < 3c 60 114 l 4c 76 134 \ 5c 92 154 l 6c 108 174 7c 124 d 15 cr d13 35 gs 1d 29 55 2d 45 75 = 3d 61 115 m 4d 77 135 ] 5d 93 155 m 6d 109 175 } 7d 125 e 16 so e14 36 rs 1e 30 56 . 2e 46 76 > 3e 62 116 n 4e 78 136 ^ 5e 94 156 n 6e 110 176 ~ 7e 126 f 17 si f15 37 us 1f 31 57 / 2f 47 77 ? 3f 63 117 o 4f 79 137  5f 95 157 o 6f 111 177 del (rubout) 7f 127 25 nak 15 21 hex octal decimal ascii character key free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual b1 appendix b: factory setup the following listing is the instrument response to the concatenated command ,*+-#$ . this response describes the factory default setup in detail. (carriage returns have been inserted for clarity.) items enclosed in < > brackets are return values associated with the tds2mm module. items enclosed in ( ) parentheses are returned by the set? query response, but are not changed by the factory command. tds 210 and tds 220 "  &"#  $  ""(#$$ "#%"  #$"$ #$ 
'$     # ( "$ ($#$( &$"# "##$  $"#$
 !%"  # %&  #$$  #$ $" "%#$   " #  #$  %  '$ &"$   " #  #$  %  '$ &"$  ")$ &'   #
  #$  ")$ ( #

 #$  $""   %$$(    &%
  $""   #%" %   #  "# $""  & #%"  #(  "$( " $""  &  tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual b1 appendix b: factory setup the following listing is the instrument response to the concatenated command ,*+-#$ . this response describes the factory default setup in detail. (carriage returns have been inserted for clarity.) items enclosed in < > brackets are return values associated with the tds2mm module. items enclosed in ( ) parentheses are returned by the set? query response, but are not changed by the factory command. tds 210 and tds 220 "  &"#  $  ""(#$$ "#%"  #$"$ #$ 
'$     # ( "$ ($#$( &$"# "##$  $"#$
 !%"  # %&  #$$  #$ $" "%#$   " #  #$  %  '$ &"$   " #  #$  %  '$ &"$  ")$ &'   #
  #$  ")$ ( #

 #$  $""   %$$(    &%
  $""   #%" %   #  "# $""  & #%"  #(  "$( " $""  &  free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
appendix b: factory setup b2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual $% 
% # #  &#$ #&%  $%$ &#   &#$ #'#$&%$ $ $ ! $%  
  ! $% 

  &#$ ##$! $%   
 ! $% 

 $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%$
%)!  $ &#   $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%%)! !# $ &#   %   
 % #* %! $%   $  %%'#%! $%  $  # !) #% !$ ! #% %# $ ) &% ! #%#% & $ tds 224 # '# $  % ##)$%%  #$ &#   $%#% $% !
(%      $!) #% )%$%) '% #$!#$$%   %#$%  "&#  $!&' $%%  $% !%# #&$% !  !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%  
!#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%   !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%   !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%  appendix b: factory setup b2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual $% 
% # #  &#$ #&%  $%$ &#   &#$ #'#$&%$ $ $ ! $%  
  ! $% 

  &#$ ##$! $%   
 ! $% 

 $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%$
%)!  $ &#   $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%$ %)!  $ &#   $&#%%)! !# $ &#   %   
 % #* %! $%   $  %%'#%! $%  $  # !) #% !$ ! #% %# $ ) &% ! #%#% & $ tds 224 # '# $  % ##)$%%  #$ &#   $%#% $% !
(%      $!) #% )%$%) '% #$!#$$%   %#$%  "&#  $!&' $%%  $% !%# #&$% !  !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%  
!#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%   !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%   !#  $ ! $%    &! (% '#%  free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
appendix b: factory setup tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual b3  '"$% !   !"  '"&!   !"  "   #""&  $#   "  !#  #  ! !"  $!#   !&  "&   "  $  !"  
 "          # ! #" !"!#   # ! $ !#"! !!!"  
 !" 
 # !  !!" 
 !"
  !# "!"& !#   !# "! "& !#   !# "!
"& !#   !# "! "& !#   !# ""&  !#   "     " '"!" !  ""$ "!" !   & " ! " " ! &#"  " " # ! appendix b: factory setup tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual b3  '"$% !   !"  '"&!   !"  "   #""&  $#   "  !#  #  ! !"  $!#   !&  "&   "  $  !"  
 "          # ! #" !"!#   # ! $ !#"! !!!"  
 !" 
 # !  !!" 
 !"
  !# "!"& !#   !# "! "& !#   !# "!
"& !#   !# "! "& !#   !# ""&  !#   "     " '"!" !  ""$ "!" !   & " ! " " ! &#"  " " # ! free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
appendix b: factory setup b4 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual appendix b: factory setup b4 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
glossary and index glossary and index free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual glossary1 glossary ascii acronym for the american standard code for information interchange. controllers transmit commands to the digitizing oscilloscope using ascii character encoding. address a 7-bit code that identifies an instrument on the communication bus. the digitizing oscilloscope must have a unique address for the controller to recognize and transmit commands to it. backus-naur form (bnf) a standard notation system for command syntax. the syntax in this manual use bnf notation. controller a computer or other device that sends commands to and accepts responses from the digitizing oscilloscope. eoi a mnemonic referring to the control line aend or identifyo on the gpib interface bus. one of the two possible end-of-message terminators. eom a generic acronym referring to the end-of-message terminator. the end-of-message terminator is either an eoi or the ascii code for line feed (lf). ieee acronym for the institute of electrical and electronics engineers. quickbasic a computer language (distributed by microsoft) that is based on the beginner's all-purpose symbolic instruction code. tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual glossary1 glossary ascii acronym for the american standard code for information interchange. controllers transmit commands to the digitizing oscilloscope using ascii character encoding. address a 7-bit code that identifies an instrument on the communication bus. the digitizing oscilloscope must have a unique address for the controller to recognize and transmit commands to it. backus-naur form (bnf) a standard notation system for command syntax. the syntax in this manual use bnf notation. controller a computer or other device that sends commands to and accepts responses from the digitizing oscilloscope. eoi a mnemonic referring to the control line aend or identifyo on the gpib interface bus. one of the two possible end-of-message terminators. eom a generic acronym referring to the end-of-message terminator. the end-of-message terminator is either an eoi or the ascii code for line feed (lf). ieee acronym for the institute of electrical and electronics engineers. quickbasic a computer language (distributed by microsoft) that is based on the beginner's all-purpose symbolic instruction code. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
glossary glossary2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual quickc a computer language (distributed by microsoft) that is based on the c programming language. rs-232 a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous communication port that follows ansi/eia/tia5621989[1], ansi/eia/ tia5741990[2], and ccitt v.241989[3] standards. glossary glossary2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual quickc a computer language (distributed by microsoft) that is based on the c programming language. rs-232 a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous communication port that follows ansi/eia/tia5621989[1], ansi/eia/ tia5741990[2], and ccitt v.241989[3] standards. free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index1 index symbols *opc, 314 *wai, 311 a abbreviating, commands, 25 acquire?, 233 acquire:mode, 234 acquire:numacq?, 235 acquire:numavg, 236 acquire:state, 237 acquire:stopafter, 238 acquisition command group, 215 acquisition commands acquire?, 233 acquire:mode, 234 acquire:numacq?, 235 acquire:numavg, 236 acquire:state, 237 acquire:stopafter, 238 allev?, 239 argument, command, 22 ascii, 21 autoset, 240 b block, command argument, 212 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 break signal, 25 busy?, 240, 313 c *cal?, 242 calibrate:abort, 243 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 calibration and diagnostic com- mand group, 216 calibration and diagnostic com- mands *cal?, 242 calibrate:abort, 243 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 diag:result:flag?, 275 diag:result:log?, 276 errorlog:first?, 281 errorlog:next?, 281 ch?, 246 ch:bandwidth, 247 ch:coupling, 248 ch:invert, 249 ch:position, 249 ch:probe, 251 ch:scale, 252 ch:volts, 253 channel, command mnemonic, 28 ch, command mnemonic, 28 clear status, 254 *cls, 254 command *opc, 314 *wai, 311 abbreviating, 25 argument, 22 block argument, 212 busy?, 313 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index1 index symbols *opc, 314 *wai, 311 a abbreviating, commands, 25 acquire?, 233 acquire:mode, 234 acquire:numacq?, 235 acquire:numavg, 236 acquire:state, 237 acquire:stopafter, 238 acquisition command group, 215 acquisition commands acquire?, 233 acquire:mode, 234 acquire:numacq?, 235 acquire:numavg, 236 acquire:state, 237 acquire:stopafter, 238 allev?, 239 argument, command, 22 ascii, 21 autoset, 240 b block, command argument, 212 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 break signal, 25 busy?, 240, 313 c *cal?, 242 calibrate:abort, 243 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 calibration and diagnostic com- mand group, 216 calibration and diagnostic com- mands *cal?, 242 calibrate:abort, 243 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 diag:result:flag?, 275 diag:result:log?, 276 errorlog:first?, 281 errorlog:next?, 281 ch?, 246 ch:bandwidth, 247 ch:coupling, 248 ch:invert, 249 ch:position, 249 ch:probe, 251 ch:scale, 252 ch:volts, 253 channel, command mnemonic, 28 ch, command mnemonic, 28 clear status, 254 *cls, 254 command *opc, 314 *wai, 311 abbreviating, 25 argument, 22 block argument, 212 busy?, 313 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index index2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual common, 221, 223 concatenating, 26 header, 22 message, 22 mnemonic, 22 query, 22 rules for forming, 21 separator, 22 set, 22 synchronizing, 310 syntax, 21 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 command argument numeric, 29 quoted string, 210 command entry rules, 25 command group acquisition, 215 calibration and diagnostic, 216 cursor, 217 display, 218 hardcopy, 218 horizontal, 219 measurement, 220 miscellaneous, 221 rs-232, 222 save and recall, 223 status and error, 223 trigger, 224 vertical, 225 waveform, 226 command mnemonic channel, 28 ch, 28 measurement specifier, 29 meas, 29 reference waveform, 28 ref, 28 waveform, 29 , 29 command syntax, 21 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 common command, 223 common gpib commands *cal?, 242 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 *cls, 254 concatenating, command, 26 configuration, command query, 2105 cursor command group, 217 cursor commands cursor?, 255 cursor:function, 255 cursor:hbars?, 256 cursor:hbars:delta?, 257 cursor:hbars:posi- tion, 258 cursor:hbars:units?, 259 cursor:select:source, 259 cursor:vbars?, 260 cursor:vbars:delta?, 261 cursor:vbars:posi- tion, 262 cursor:vbars:units, 263 cursor?, 255 cursor:function, 255 cursor:hbars?, 256 cursor:hbars:delta?, 257 cursor:hbars:position, 258 cursor:hbars:units?, 259 index index2 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual common, 221, 223 concatenating, 26 header, 22 message, 22 mnemonic, 22 query, 22 rules for forming, 21 separator, 22 set, 22 synchronizing, 310 syntax, 21 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 command argument numeric, 29 quoted string, 210 command entry rules, 25 command group acquisition, 215 calibration and diagnostic, 216 cursor, 217 display, 218 hardcopy, 218 horizontal, 219 measurement, 220 miscellaneous, 221 rs-232, 222 save and recall, 223 status and error, 223 trigger, 224 vertical, 225 waveform, 226 command mnemonic channel, 28 ch, 28 measurement specifier, 29 meas, 29 reference waveform, 28 ref, 28 waveform, 29 , 29 command syntax, 21 bnf (backus-naur form), 21 common command, 223 common gpib commands *cal?, 242 calibrate:continue, 244 calibrate:factory, 244 calibrate:internal, 245 calibrate:status?, 246 *cls, 254 concatenating, command, 26 configuration, command query, 2105 cursor command group, 217 cursor commands cursor?, 255 cursor:function, 255 cursor:hbars?, 256 cursor:hbars:delta?, 257 cursor:hbars:posi- tion, 258 cursor:hbars:units?, 259 cursor:select:source, 259 cursor:vbars?, 260 cursor:vbars:delta?, 261 cursor:vbars:posi- tion, 262 cursor:vbars:units, 263 cursor?, 255 cursor:function, 255 cursor:hbars?, 256 cursor:hbars:delta?, 257 cursor:hbars:position, 258 cursor:hbars:units?, 259 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index3 cursor:select:source, 259 cursor:vbars?, 260 cursor:vbars:delta?, 261 cursor:vbars:position, 262 cursor:vbars:units, 263 curve, 264 d data, 265 data:destination, 266 data:encdg, 267 data:source, 269 data:start, 270 data:stop, 271 data:target, 272 data:width, 273 dcl, 25, 37 *ddt, 273 dese command, 274, 34 deser register, 274, 2125, 34 device clear, 25 diag:result:flag?, 275 diag:result:log?, 276 display command group, 218 display commands display?, 277 display:contrast, 277 display:format, 278 display:persistence, 279 display:style, 280 display?, 277 display:contrast, 277 display:format, 278 display:persistence, 279 display:style, 280 e entering commands, 25 entering incorrect numeric argu- ments, 210 eom (end of message), 27 error message, programming interface, 317 errorlog:first?, 281 errorlog:next?, 281 *ese, 282, 35 eser register, 282, 2125, 35 *esr?, 283 *esr? query, 32 event handling, 31 event query, 284 event queue, 284, 37 event queue sequence, 38 event?, 284 evmsg?, 284 evqty?, 285 examples block argument, 212 quoted strings, 211 f factory, 286 factory setup, detailed description, b1 g gpib, eom (end of message), 27 index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index3 cursor:select:source, 259 cursor:vbars?, 260 cursor:vbars:delta?, 261 cursor:vbars:position, 262 cursor:vbars:units, 263 curve, 264 d data, 265 data:destination, 266 data:encdg, 267 data:source, 269 data:start, 270 data:stop, 271 data:target, 272 data:width, 273 dcl, 25, 37 *ddt, 273 dese command, 274, 34 deser register, 274, 2125, 34 device clear, 25 diag:result:flag?, 275 diag:result:log?, 276 display command group, 218 display commands display?, 277 display:contrast, 277 display:format, 278 display:persistence, 279 display:style, 280 display?, 277 display:contrast, 277 display:format, 278 display:persistence, 279 display:style, 280 e entering commands, 25 entering incorrect numeric argu- ments, 210 eom (end of message), 27 error message, programming interface, 317 errorlog:first?, 281 errorlog:next?, 281 *ese, 282, 35 eser register, 282, 2125, 35 *esr?, 283 *esr? query, 32 event handling, 31 event query, 284 event queue, 284, 37 event queue sequence, 38 event?, 284 evmsg?, 284 evqty?, 285 examples block argument, 212 quoted strings, 211 f factory, 286 factory setup, detailed description, b1 g gpib, eom (end of message), 27 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index index4 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual h hard copy commands hardcopy, 288 hardcopy:format, 289 hardcopy:layout, 290 hardcopy:port, 291 hardcopy, 288 hardcopy command group, 218 hardcopy:format, 289 hardcopy:layout, 290 hardcopy:port, 291 hdr, 291 header, 292 header command, 22, 292 included in query response, 292, 2155 horizontal command group, 219 horizontal commands horizontal?, 293 horizontal:delay?, 294 horizontal:delay:posi- tion, 294, 297, 2100 horizontal:delay:scale, 295 horizontal:delay:sec- div, 296 horizontal:main?, 297 horizontal:main:scale, 298 horizontal:main:secdiv, 299 horizontal:record- length, 2101 horizontal:scale, 2101 horizontal:secdiv, 2102 horizontal:trig- ger:position, 2103 math:fft:horizon- tal:position, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 horizontal?, 293 horizontal:delay?, 294 horizontal:delay:posi- tion, 294, 297, 2100 horizontal:delay:scale, 295 horizontal:delay:secdiv, 296 horizontal:main?, 297 horizontal:main:scale, 298 horizontal:main:secdiv, 299 horizontal:record- length, 2101 horizontal:scale, 2101 horizontal:secdiv, 2102 horizontal:trigger:posi- tion, 2103 i id?, 2104 *idn?, 2105 ieee std. 488.21987, 21, 221, 223 l language, 2106 lock, 2107 *lrn?, 2108 m manual trigger, simulation with command, 2142 index index4 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual h hard copy commands hardcopy, 288 hardcopy:format, 289 hardcopy:layout, 290 hardcopy:port, 291 hardcopy, 288 hardcopy command group, 218 hardcopy:format, 289 hardcopy:layout, 290 hardcopy:port, 291 hdr, 291 header, 292 header command, 22, 292 included in query response, 292, 2155 horizontal command group, 219 horizontal commands horizontal?, 293 horizontal:delay?, 294 horizontal:delay:posi- tion, 294, 297, 2100 horizontal:delay:scale, 295 horizontal:delay:sec- div, 296 horizontal:main?, 297 horizontal:main:scale, 298 horizontal:main:secdiv, 299 horizontal:record- length, 2101 horizontal:scale, 2101 horizontal:secdiv, 2102 horizontal:trig- ger:position, 2103 math:fft:horizon- tal:position, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 horizontal?, 293 horizontal:delay?, 294 horizontal:delay:posi- tion, 294, 297, 2100 horizontal:delay:scale, 295 horizontal:delay:secdiv, 296 horizontal:main?, 297 horizontal:main:scale, 298 horizontal:main:secdiv, 299 horizontal:record- length, 2101 horizontal:scale, 2101 horizontal:secdiv, 2102 horizontal:trigger:posi- tion, 2103 i id?, 2104 *idn?, 2105 ieee std. 488.21987, 21, 221, 223 l language, 2106 lock, 2107 *lrn?, 2108 m manual trigger, simulation with command, 2142 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index5 math?, 2109 math:define, 2109 math:fft:horizontal:posi- tion, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 measurement command group, 220 measurement commands measurement?, 2114 measurement:immed?, 2115 measurement:immed: source1, 2115 measure- ment:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:immed:units?, 2118 measure- ment:immed:value?, 2119 measurement:meas?, 2120 measurement:meas: type, 2121 measurement:meas: units?, 2122 measurement:meas: value?, 2123 measure- ment:meas:source, 2120 measurement specifier, command mnemonic, 29 measurement?, 2114 measurement:immed?, 2115 measurement:immed: source1, 2115 measurement:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:immed:units?, 2118 measurement:immed:val- ue?, 2119 measurement:meas?, 2120 measurement:meas: type, 2121 measurement:meas: units?, 2122 measurement:meas: value?, 2123 measure- ment:meas:source, 2120 meas, command mnemonic, 29 message command, 22 command terminator, 27 handling, 31 table of program messages, 317 miscellaneous command group, 221 miscellaneous commands autoset, 240 *ddt, 273 factory, 286 hdr, 291 header, 292 *idn?, 2105 language, 2106 lock, 2107 *lrn?, 2108 index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index5 math?, 2109 math:define, 2109 math:fft:horizontal:posi- tion, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 measurement command group, 220 measurement commands measurement?, 2114 measurement:immed?, 2115 measurement:immed: source1, 2115 measure- ment:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:immed:units?, 2118 measure- ment:immed:value?, 2119 measurement:meas?, 2120 measurement:meas: type, 2121 measurement:meas: units?, 2122 measurement:meas: value?, 2123 measure- ment:meas:source, 2120 measurement specifier, command mnemonic, 29 measurement?, 2114 measurement:immed?, 2115 measurement:immed: source1, 2115 measurement:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:immed:units?, 2118 measurement:immed:val- ue?, 2119 measurement:meas?, 2120 measurement:meas: type, 2121 measurement:meas: units?, 2122 measurement:meas: value?, 2123 measure- ment:meas:source, 2120 meas, command mnemonic, 29 message command, 22 command terminator, 27 handling, 31 table of program messages, 317 miscellaneous command group, 221 miscellaneous commands autoset, 240 *ddt, 273 factory, 286 hdr, 291 header, 292 *idn?, 2105 language, 2106 lock, 2107 *lrn?, 2108 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index index6 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rem, 2128 set, 2139 *trg, 2142 unlock, 2155 verbose, 2155 mnemonic, command, 22 n numeric, command argument, 29 numeric argument coercion, 210 o *opc, 2124 operation complete command, 2124 operation complete wait, 2156 output queue, 36 p power-on status clear command, 2125 preamble, waveform, 231 *psc, 2125 *psc command, 36 q query, header in query response, 292, 2155 query command, 22 queue event, 37 event handling sequence, 38 output, 36 quoted string, command argument, 210 quoted string examples, 211 quoted string rules, 211 r *rcl, 2126 recall setting command, 2126 recall:setup, 2127 reference waveform, command mnemonic, 28 ref, command mnemonic, 28 register deser, 274, 2125, 34 eser, 282, 2125, 35 sbr, 2141, 33 sesr, 254, 283, 2124, 32 srer, 2125, 2140, 35 rem, 2128 reset command, 2134 to factory settings, 286 rs-232 command group, 222 rs232 commands rs232?, 2128 rs232:baud, 2129 rs232:hardflagging, 2130 rs232:parity, 2131 rs232:softflagging, 2132 rs232:transmit:termina- tor, 2133 rs232?, 2128 rs232:baud, 2129 rs232:hardflagging, 2130 rs232:parity, 2131 rs232:softflagging, 2132 rs232:transmit:termina- tor, 2133 *rst, 2134 index index6 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual rem, 2128 set, 2139 *trg, 2142 unlock, 2155 verbose, 2155 mnemonic, command, 22 n numeric, command argument, 29 numeric argument coercion, 210 o *opc, 2124 operation complete command, 2124 operation complete wait, 2156 output queue, 36 p power-on status clear command, 2125 preamble, waveform, 231 *psc, 2125 *psc command, 36 q query, header in query response, 292, 2155 query command, 22 queue event, 37 event handling sequence, 38 output, 36 quoted string, command argument, 210 quoted string examples, 211 quoted string rules, 211 r *rcl, 2126 recall setting command, 2126 recall:setup, 2127 reference waveform, command mnemonic, 28 ref, command mnemonic, 28 register deser, 274, 2125, 34 eser, 282, 2125, 35 sbr, 2141, 33 sesr, 254, 283, 2124, 32 srer, 2125, 2140, 35 rem, 2128 reset command, 2134 to factory settings, 286 rs-232 command group, 222 rs232 commands rs232?, 2128 rs232:baud, 2129 rs232:hardflagging, 2130 rs232:parity, 2131 rs232:softflagging, 2132 rs232:transmit:termina- tor, 2133 rs232?, 2128 rs232:baud, 2129 rs232:hardflagging, 2130 rs232:parity, 2131 rs232:softflagging, 2132 rs232:transmit:termina- tor, 2133 *rst, 2134 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index7 rules, command forming, 21 rules, command entry, 25 rules, quoted strings, 211 s *sav, 2135 save and recall command group, 223 save and recall commands *rcl, 2126 recall:setup, 2127 *sav, 2135 save:setup, 2136 save:waveform, 2137 save setting command, 2135 save:setup, 2136 save:waveform, 2137 sbr register, 2141, 33 select?, 2138 select:, 2138 self test, 2154 separator, command, 22 serial poll, 33 service request enable command, 2140 service request enable register, 2140 sesr register, 254, 283, 2124, 32 set command, 22 set?, 2139 setting command query, 2108 query, 2108 recall command, 2126 save command, 2135 setups, factory setup description, b1 *sre command, 2140, 35 srer register, 2125, 2140, 35 status, 31 status and error command group, 223 status and error commands allev?, 239 busy?, 240 *cls, 254 dese, 274, 34 *ese, 282, 35 *esr?, 283, 32 event?, 284 evmsg?, 284 evqty?, 285 id?, 2104 *opc, 2124 *psc, 2125, 36 *rst, 2134 *sre, 2140, 35 *stb?, 2141, 33 *tst?, 2154 *wai, 2156 *stb?, 2141 *stb? query, 33 synchronizing commands, 310 syntax bnf (backus-naur form), 21 command, 21 t table, programming message, 317 tds2mmrelated commands ch:invert, 249 math:define, 2109 math:fft:horizon- tal:position, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index7 rules, command forming, 21 rules, command entry, 25 rules, quoted strings, 211 s *sav, 2135 save and recall command group, 223 save and recall commands *rcl, 2126 recall:setup, 2127 *sav, 2135 save:setup, 2136 save:waveform, 2137 save setting command, 2135 save:setup, 2136 save:waveform, 2137 sbr register, 2141, 33 select?, 2138 select:, 2138 self test, 2154 separator, command, 22 serial poll, 33 service request enable command, 2140 service request enable register, 2140 sesr register, 254, 283, 2124, 32 set command, 22 set?, 2139 setting command query, 2108 query, 2108 recall command, 2126 save command, 2135 setups, factory setup description, b1 *sre command, 2140, 35 srer register, 2125, 2140, 35 status, 31 status and error command group, 223 status and error commands allev?, 239 busy?, 240 *cls, 254 dese, 274, 34 *ese, 282, 35 *esr?, 283, 32 event?, 284 evmsg?, 284 evqty?, 285 id?, 2104 *opc, 2124 *psc, 2125, 36 *rst, 2134 *sre, 2140, 35 *stb?, 2141, 33 *tst?, 2154 *wai, 2156 *stb?, 2141 *stb? query, 33 synchronizing commands, 310 syntax bnf (backus-naur form), 21 command, 21 t table, programming message, 317 tds2mmrelated commands ch:invert, 249 math:define, 2109 math:fft:horizon- tal:position, 2111 math:fft:horizon- tal:scale, 2112 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index index8 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 measure- ment:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:meas:type, 2121 wfmpre::wfid?, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2187 wfmpre:wfid?, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2175, 2189 tek std. codes and formats 1989, 221, 223 terminator, command message, 27 time base, manual trigger simula- tion, 2142 transferring data from the oscilloscope, 232 to the oscilloscope, 232 *trg, 2142 trigger, 2142 trigger command group, 224 trigger commands trigger, 2142 trigger:main, 2143 trigger:main:edge?, 2144 trigger:main:edge:cou- pling, 2145 trig- ger:main:edge:slope, 2146 trig- ger:main:edge:source , 2146 trigger:main:holdoff?, 2147 trigger:main:hold- off:value, 2148 trigger:main:level, 2148 trigger:main:mode, 2149 trigger:main:type, 2150 trigger:main:vid- eo:field, 2150 trigger:main:video:po- larity, 2151 trigger:main:vid- eo:source, 2152 trigger:state?, 2153 trigger:main, 2143 trigger:main:edge?, 2144 trigger:main:edge:cou- pling, 2145 trigger:main:edge:slope, 2146 trig- ger:main:edge:source, 2146 trigger:main:holdoff?, 2147 index index8 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 measure- ment:immed:type, 2117 measure- ment:meas:type, 2121 wfmpre::wfid?, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2187 wfmpre:wfid?, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2175, 2189 tek std. codes and formats 1989, 221, 223 terminator, command message, 27 time base, manual trigger simula- tion, 2142 transferring data from the oscilloscope, 232 to the oscilloscope, 232 *trg, 2142 trigger, 2142 trigger command group, 224 trigger commands trigger, 2142 trigger:main, 2143 trigger:main:edge?, 2144 trigger:main:edge:cou- pling, 2145 trig- ger:main:edge:slope, 2146 trig- ger:main:edge:source , 2146 trigger:main:holdoff?, 2147 trigger:main:hold- off:value, 2148 trigger:main:level, 2148 trigger:main:mode, 2149 trigger:main:type, 2150 trigger:main:vid- eo:field, 2150 trigger:main:video:po- larity, 2151 trigger:main:vid- eo:source, 2152 trigger:state?, 2153 trigger:main, 2143 trigger:main:edge?, 2144 trigger:main:edge:cou- pling, 2145 trigger:main:edge:slope, 2146 trig- ger:main:edge:source, 2146 trigger:main:holdoff?, 2147 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index9 trigger:main:hold- off:value, 2148 trigger:main:level, 2148 trigger:main:mode, 2149 trigger:main:type, 2150 trigger:main:video:field, 2150 trigger:main:video:po- larity, 2151 trigger:main:vid- eo:source, 2152 trigger:state?, 2153 *tst? query, 2154 u unlock, 2155 v verbose, 2155 vertical bar cursors, 260 vertical command group, 225 vertical commands ch?, 246 ch:bandwidth, 247 ch:coupling, 248 ch:invert, 249 ch:position, 249 ch:probe, 251 ch:scale, 252 ch:volts, 253 math?, 2109 math:define, 2109 math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 select?, 2138 select:, 2138 w *wai, 2156 wait for operation complete, 2156 waveform, command mnemonic, 29 waveform command group, 226 waveform commands curve, 264 data, 265 data:destination, 266 data:encdg, 267 data:source, 269 data:start, 270 data:stop, 271 data:target, 272 data:width, 273 wavfrm?, 2157 wfmpre?, 2157 wfmpre:?, 2176 wfmpre::pt_fmt, 2178 wfmpre::pt_off, 2179 wfmpre::wfid, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2181, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2186, 2187 wfmpre::yzero, 2188 wfmpre:bit_nr, 2158 wfmpre:bn_fmt, 2159 wfmpre:byt_nr, 2160 index tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual index9 trigger:main:hold- off:value, 2148 trigger:main:level, 2148 trigger:main:mode, 2149 trigger:main:type, 2150 trigger:main:video:field, 2150 trigger:main:video:po- larity, 2151 trigger:main:vid- eo:source, 2152 trigger:state?, 2153 *tst? query, 2154 u unlock, 2155 v verbose, 2155 vertical bar cursors, 260 vertical command group, 225 vertical commands ch?, 246 ch:bandwidth, 247 ch:coupling, 248 ch:invert, 249 ch:position, 249 ch:probe, 251 ch:scale, 252 ch:volts, 253 math?, 2109 math:define, 2109 math:fft:vertical:posi- tion, 2113 math:fft:vertical:scale, 2113 select?, 2138 select:, 2138 w *wai, 2156 wait for operation complete, 2156 waveform, command mnemonic, 29 waveform command group, 226 waveform commands curve, 264 data, 265 data:destination, 266 data:encdg, 267 data:source, 269 data:start, 270 data:stop, 271 data:target, 272 data:width, 273 wavfrm?, 2157 wfmpre?, 2157 wfmpre:?, 2176 wfmpre::pt_fmt, 2178 wfmpre::pt_off, 2179 wfmpre::wfid, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2181, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2186, 2187 wfmpre::yzero, 2188 wfmpre:bit_nr, 2158 wfmpre:bn_fmt, 2159 wfmpre:byt_nr, 2160 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com
index index10 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:byt_or, 2160 wfmpre:encdg, 2161 wfmpre:nr_pt?, 2162, 2177 wfmpre:pt_fmt, 2163 wfmpre:pt_off, 2164 wfmpre:wfid, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xmult, 2176 wfmpre:xoff, 2176 wfmpre:xunit, 2167 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2172, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2174, 2175, 2189 wfmpre:zmult, 2176 wfmpre:zoff, 2176 wfmpre:zunit, 2176 waveform preamble, 231 wavfrm?, 2157 , command mnemonic, 29 wfmpre?, 2157 wfmpre:?, 2176 wfmpre::pt_fmt, 2178 wfmpre::pt_off, 2179 wfmpre::wfid, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2181, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2186, 2187 wfmpre::yzero, 2188 wfmpre:bit_nr, 2158 wfmpre:bn_fmt, 2159 wfmpre:byt_nr, 2160 wfmpre:byt_or, 2160 wfmpre:encdg, 2161 wfmpre:nr_pt?, 2162, 2177 wfmpre:pt_fmt, 2163 wfmpre:pt_off, 2164 wfmpre:wfid, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xmult, 2176 wfmpre:xoff, 2176 wfmpre:xunit, 2167 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2172, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2174, 2175, 2189 wfmpre:zmult, 2176 wfmpre:zoff, 2176 wfmpre:zunit, 2176 index index10 tds 200-series digital oscilloscope programmer manual wfmpre:byt_or, 2160 wfmpre:encdg, 2161 wfmpre:nr_pt?, 2162, 2177 wfmpre:pt_fmt, 2163 wfmpre:pt_off, 2164 wfmpre:wfid, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xmult, 2176 wfmpre:xoff, 2176 wfmpre:xunit, 2167 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2172, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2174, 2175, 2189 wfmpre:zmult, 2176 wfmpre:zoff, 2176 wfmpre:zunit, 2176 waveform preamble, 231 wavfrm?, 2157 , command mnemonic, 29 wfmpre?, 2157 wfmpre:?, 2176 wfmpre::pt_fmt, 2178 wfmpre::pt_off, 2179 wfmpre::wfid, 2179 wfmpre::xincr, 2180 wfmpre::xunit, 2181, 2182 wfmpre::xzero, 2183 wfmpre::ymult, 2184 wfmpre::yoff, 2185 wfmpre::yunit, 2186, 2187 wfmpre::yzero, 2188 wfmpre:bit_nr, 2158 wfmpre:bn_fmt, 2159 wfmpre:byt_nr, 2160 wfmpre:byt_or, 2160 wfmpre:encdg, 2161 wfmpre:nr_pt?, 2162, 2177 wfmpre:pt_fmt, 2163 wfmpre:pt_off, 2164 wfmpre:wfid, 2165 wfmpre:xincr, 2166, 2168 wfmpre:xmult, 2176 wfmpre:xoff, 2176 wfmpre:xunit, 2167 wfmpre:xzero, 2169 wfmpre:ymult, 2170 wfmpre:yoff, 2171 wfmpre:yunit, 2172, 2173 wfmpre:yzero, 2174, 2175, 2189 wfmpre:zmult, 2176 wfmpre:zoff, 2176 wfmpre:zunit, 2176 free datasheet http://www.ndatasheet.com


▲Up To Search▲   

 
Price & Availability of TDS200

All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022  

[Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy]
Mirror Sites :  [www.datasheet.hk]   [www.maxim4u.com]  [www.ic-on-line.cn] [www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net] [www.alldatasheet.com.cn] [www.gdcy.com]  [www.gdcy.net]


 . . . . .
  We use cookies to deliver the best possible web experience and assist with our advertising efforts. By continuing to use this site, you consent to the use of cookies. For more information on cookies, please take a look at our Privacy Policy. X